24
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY NEW; Y aRK POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL COURSES IN CLINICAL MEDICINE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS 1946-1947 SECOND AVENUE AT 21 ., STREET , NEW YORK 3, N. Y.

NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y aRK POST- GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

COURSES IN

CLINICAL MEDICINE

FOR

GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21 STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiHD Acting Presidenr of the University Willard C Rappleye AM MD scD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L WaHl AM Registrar Elizabeth S Margulis AB BS librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses listed in this announcement are designed to help the physician to keep abreast of current procedures in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases seen in general practice Some are full-time courses and many are part-time courses especially planned to enable physicians in Greater New York to study special subjects without giving up their practice All the courses have been made as practical as possible Detailed proshygrams of any of the full-time courses will be furnished upan request

ADMISSION Courses described in this bulletin are open to physicians in good standshying who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and who are licensed to practice medicine in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men Application for admission should be made as for in advance as possible since most of the courses have a limited enrollment An application form will be found on page 19

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A deposit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned In case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be accepted No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the GI Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

3

CALENDAR OF OPENING DATES OF COURSES

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made 1946 - 47 upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of pastgraduate study According ta the wrh of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to 1946 Medicine 310 applications from physiclcins practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania Medicine 311 September 9 Dermatology 1219 Neurology 711

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshy 16 Orthopedics 522 9 Medicine 308Pathology 123pital was incorparated in 1882 and chartered by the state in 1886 as a school for Medicine 313 the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine 23 Medicine 342 1 0 Medicine 302Medicine 360and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved Medicine 309 in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street 25 Interdepartmental 1112 Medicine 31530 Gynecology 203The hospital now has411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshy Gynecology 211 February 3 Pediatrics 413 vides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research 10 Pediatrics 415October Gynecology 200laboratories is closely related to the teaching program 17 Gynecology 203

Gynecology 222In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at l00th Street and Central Park West became Gynecology 211 2 Gynecology 212a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic Orthopedics 5227 Medicine 340surgery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

Pediatrics 41 0In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement March 3 Gynecology 20010 Medicine 334 a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Gynecology 21214 Medicine 343Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school Medicine 34228 Medicine 337

The administration of the Stuyvesont Square Hospital was assumed by the Postshy Pediatrics 410 Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth 4 Gynecology 222November 4 Medicine 330Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshy 17 Medicine 345

Pediatrics 413bined skin clinics have more than 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about Neurology 713shy11 Gynecology 2038000 additional visits to the tumor clinic 24 Medicine 337

Gynecology 211 A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of Medicine 345 April 1 Pediatrics 413matriculates and teaching stoff The leading medical lournals of this country and many Traumatic Surgery 550 7 Medicine 331 foreign lou rna is are provided as well as text and reference books 18 Orthopedics 520 Medicine 343There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year Pediatrics 415 Gynecology 2031945-1946

Gynecology 211 December 2 Gynecology 201 14 Pediatrics 415Medicine 331 21 Medicine 330Neurology 713

The school also issues the following bulletins Pathology 1233 Gynecology 202 28 Interdepartmental 1140

Short Courses for Specialists describing short courses in anesthesia gynecology Orthopedics 520neurology and psychiatry ophthalmology orthopedic surgery otolaryngology pathshy 1947 ~~( -T ology pediatrics surgery traumatic surgery and urology that are offered only to 1 Gynecology 200 specialists in those fields January 2 Bacteriology 110 Gynecology 222

Gynecology 200Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphilology describing 2 Gynecology 212Gynecology 222 5 Medicine 349short courses in that department for specialists as well as the training for specialization 3 Gynecology 212 Pediatrics 410in that field 6 Gynecology 203 Interdepartmental 1112shy

Gynecology 211 19 Gynecology 203 Medicine 300 Gynecology 211 Medicine 303Address all applications and inquiries to Traumatic Surgery 550Medicine 307

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL Pediatrics 410 June 2 Medicine 348 303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y Pediatrics 4137 Medicine 301

Medicine 319 Pediatrics 415Artlt(HIV~ 8 Medicine 304 Interdepartmental 1100

Medicine 306 16 Medicine 341

5

bull

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES

1100-SYMPOSIUM ON INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE Dn Johnson and Ferlaino (Demiddot partment of Medicine) with the cooperation of members of the Departments of Dermatology and Syphilology Ophthalmology Orthopedic Surgery and Traumatic SUrgtry

Five days June MJ 1947 Minimum class ten Fee $45

A series of lectures on industrial medicine with special reference to industrial health Practical discussions of such problems as dust hazards lead and metal poisonings fumes and vapors Industrial dermatoses cardiovascular diseases eye injuries and orthopedics are included One day is devoted to the problems of the traumatic surgeon in industry Such subjects as industrial absenteeism prevention of accidents and safety measures and the special problems of women in industry are also considered Time is allotted for group discussions

1112-DISEASES OF THE LIVER BILIARY TRACT AND PANCREAS-INTRODUCmiddot TORY COURSE Given by the Departments of Medicine and Suery Drs Carter Gne Twiss Berger and staff

tt am-4 pm Wednesday September 25-Odober 30 1946 and June a 1947 Minimum cia twenty maximum forty Fee $60

Basic principles in clinical and laboratory examination diagnosis and treatment duodenal drainages in the clinic The etiology diagnosis and management of advanced lesions and complications of diseases of the liver biliary tract and pancreas Early or functional diseases of the biliary tract are studied with special emphasis on their relashytionship to advanced organic lesions Lectures ward rounds staff conferences demonshystration of immediate and delayed cholangiography and operating room demonstrashytions of surgical procedures

1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Given by the Departments of Medicine and Surgery Dn Dury and Pratt and staH

Five days April 2B-May 2 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty Fee $45 Differential diagnosis the use and interpretation of diagnostic methods including the

oscillometer nerve blocks hotmiddotwater immersion tests and surface temperature studies arteriography the medical and surgical treatment of diseases of the peripheral vascushylar system including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease scleroderma and arteriosclerosis venous and lymphatic pathology surgical aspects of vascular diseases and demonstration of apporatus Case studies are stressed throughout the course

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor Gladys L Morton

11O-CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY AND SEROLOGY Dr MacNeal and Mi Morton

One month 912 am dally January 1947 Minimum class thr maximum eight Fee $100

lectures and demonstrations of bedside technique and exercises in laboratory proshycedures as aids in the diagnosis treatment and prevention of infectious diseases

6

DERMATOlOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology George Miller MacK (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Isadore Rosen Fred Wise Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W Abramowitz Max

Scheer Marion B Sulzberger Eugene F Traub Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Anthony C Cipollaro

Max Jessner Wilbert Sachs Herman Sharlit Charles F~ Sims Nathan Sobel Jesse A Tolmach_

Associates Charles Lemer Royal M Montgomery Joseph L Morse Frances Pascher Herbert Rosenfeld

Instructors Rudolf L Baer David B Ballin Hans H Biberateln David Bloom Samuel B Frank Andrew G Franks Charles A Greenhouse Charles S Miller Charles Robert Rein Domenico Romano Jacob Wachtel Jack Wolf

Assistants Joseph C Amenbach John Garb Arthur B Hyman Harry Kell Solomon A Klein Paul R Kline Ernest W Nathan Gdall Rubin Jacob Skeer

Research Assistants Peter Vincent Blsconti Franz Herrmann Norman B Kanof Hilliard M Shalr

1219-SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY Drs MacKee Rosen Wi Sulzberger Clpallaro and staff

Five days September 913 1946 Minimum cia twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the following allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin disshyeases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin diseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital syphilis neuroshysyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

7

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby Isashy

dor W Kahn Theodore Neustaeclter Instructors R G M Dunovant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

Matthew DiGlorgl Assistant Attending Gynecologist to the Hospital Charlotte Jones Associate Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary Samuel Schmenler Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary

FULL-TIME COURSE

200-SEMINAR IN GYNECOLOGY Dr Dannreuther and staff

Two month beginning on October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 3 1947 and May 1 1947 Minimum cia four maximum six Fee $225

Clinical lectures (Illustrated with lantern slides anatomical specimens and moving pictures) operative and non-operatlve clinics and ward rounds provide systematic Instruction In gynecological pathology diagnosis and office treatment cystoscopy and endoscopy and gynecological endocrinology

PART-TIME COURSES

DIAGNOSIS AND OFFICE TREATMENT

Maximum for each class six

The course may be taken In anyone of the following classes

201-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr DiGiorgl and staff

Ten session beginning December 2 1946 Minimum class two fee $40

202-10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Dr Dunovant and staff

Ten sessions beginning December 3 1946 Minimum class two Fee $40

203-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr Hyams and staff

Fifteen sessions beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 Janushyary 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Minimum class four Fee $60

205-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday Dr Jacoby and staff

Ten sessions beginning the first Tuesday of any month except July August and September Minimum class two Fee $40

Gynecological office procedures are presented by demonstrations lantern slides and practical application Oppartunity is given to examine a large number of patients and to develop diagnostic ability Course No 203 alsa includes electrotherapy as it applies to gynecology methods of conization of the uterine cervix uterosalpingography sterilizamiddot tlon by coagulation of the uterine cornu and transuterine Insufflation

8

CYSTOSCOPY AND ENDOSCOPY

Fifteen session of two hours each Minimum In each class two maximum six fee $75 There I a choice of two cia

211-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 January 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Dr Schmenler and staff

212-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning October 2 1946 January 3 1947 March 3 1947 and May 2 1947 Dr Kahn and staff

Technique of cystoscopy endoscopy and ureteral catheterization Practical experishyence in diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the urethra bladder ureter and kidney

222-GYNECOLOGICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY Drs Neustaedter Mackenzie and Jonebullbull

10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Twenty-four sellions beginshyning October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 4 1947 and May 1 1947 Maximum class four Fee $100 Applicant will be admitted only after an Interview with the professor In charge

An adequate knowledge of biological chemistry histopathology and the physiology of the female pelvic organs Is required for admission to this course because laboratory procedures are correlated with the doily clinical work

The relation of the endocrine glands and their hormones to physical development menstrual derangements sterility and menopausal disturbances the clinical application of organotherapy

MEDICINE

Professor of Clinical Medicine Walter G Lough (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Medicine C V Bailey Herman O Mosenthal W C Spain

Associate Clinical Professors of Medicine Benlamln I Ashe Maurice Bruger A Wilshybur Duryee Joseph Eldelsberg Clarence C Fuller Carl H Greene John E Hutton Charles A Poindexter

Assistant Clinical Professors of Medicine Z Bercovltz John D Currence John stalge Davis Jr Edward F Hartung Harry J JohnsonS Edward Klng Robert McGroth Matthew Shapiro J Russell Twill David Ulmar

Associates J Scott Butterworth Israel G Epstein Mack Lipkin

Research Associate William V Berger

Instructors Hyman Alexander Paul K Boyer Maurice R Chassln Herbert K Ensworth Abner M Fuchs George Everett Gaillard Thoma H Gleeson Winifred C Loughlin Jerome A Marb Lawrence Meyers Teresa McGovern Dlno Sandronl Ralph F Schneider James Teler Henry I Tumer

Research Assistants Elliot Oppenheim Andrew G Prandonlmiddot Jacob A Rosenshykrantz M Stephen Schwartz Margaret I strauII Irene Tamagna

Frank R ferlalno Assistant Attending Physician to the Hospital George L Kauer Jr Assistant Physician to the Hospital

middotOn leave of absence for military service

9

FULLmiddotTIME COURSES

300-SEMINAR IN INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and ItaH

Eight weeks January 6-February 28 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $225

This seminar is designed to present a survey of the field of internal m~dicine by means of lectures and case demonstrations In the various medical specialties The proshygram is composed of all the portmiddottime courses listed below and also includes a weekly staff conference

330-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and staH

Five daYI November 4-8 1946 and April 21middot25 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases including classification difshyferential diagnosis pothology bacteriology and treatment of rheumatoid and gonorshyrheal arthritis osteoarthritis gout fibrositis acute rheumatic fever and related conshyditions Emphasis is placed on specific therapy when known constitutional therapy physical therapy corrective exercises the prevention and treatment of deformities and the use of local and regional analgesia Special attention is given to recent advances in diagnosis and treatment

331-ALLERGY Dr Spain and ItaH

Th weeks December 2-20 1946 and April 725 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $200 (The December clall il filled)

Morning sessions are devoted to laboratory instruction in the preparotion and standshyardization of protein extracts while aftemoan sessions in the large out-patient clinic deal with the diagnosis and treatment of asthma hay fever and other allergic diseases the technique of skin tests and hyposensitization and the role of focal infections in allergy

334-NUTRITION Dr Johnson and staH

Two daYI Odober 10 and 11 1946 Minimum class five Fee $20

Emphasis is placed upon the importance of nutrition in the etiology and treotment of the deficiency diseases and the use of nutritional measures In the management of various types of diseased state The lectures are thoroughly practical and the clinical material Is used ta illustrate them when possible

337-DIABnES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staH

Five days Odober 28-November 1 1946 and March 24-28 1947 Minimum ciaII five fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus hypershytension and nephritis The value and interpretation of laboratory data are discussed Symptomatology diagnosis and treatment are stressed throughout the course

10

340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staH with the cooperation of the Department of Neurology and Psychiatry

Th dayI Odober 7 8 and 9 1946 Minimum clals five fee $30

Discussion of the physico I and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses Including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

341-SYMPOSIUM ON INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and staH

Ten days June 16-27 1947 Regiltrationl will be accepted for the entire ten days or for either the fint or second five-clay sellion Minimum clall ten Fees $45 for five days $75 for ten days

This course offers to the general praditioner a rapid survey of the newer methods of diagnosis and treatment in the field of internal medicine Lectures are accomponied by demonstrations of apporatus and clinical presentations wherever practical The subjects discussed include allergy arthritis and allied rheumatic disorders psychosomatic medicine blood dyscraslas nutrition and the avitaminoses diseases of metabolism (diabetes mellitus hypertension disorders of the thyroid and other endocrine glands) functional and chemical aspects of pathological physiology geriatrics gastroenterology cardiovascular diseases acute and chronic pulmonary diseases antibiotics in generol medicine

342-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and staH

Ten days September 23-Odober 4 1946 and March 3middot14 1947 Minimum ciaII ten Fee $75

This lecture course is presented as a review of normal and pothological physiology of those systems of porticular importance in internal medicine Discussions include fat protein and carbohydrate metabolism respiratory physiology hematopoietic system the vitamins bile physiology the functional testing of the stomach pancreas and liver the endocrine glands phosphatase metabolism cerebrospinal fluid chemistry mineral metabolism cardiac physiology blood volume water balance and acidmiddotbase metabolshyIsm The clinical value indications and interpretation of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are discussed This course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the Importance of laboratory data in diagnosis Is stressed

343-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr Fuller and staH with the cooperation of memo ben of the Departments of Radiology and Surgery

Ten days Odober 14-25 1946 and April 7-18 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $75

Diseases of the esophagus stomach Intestines and rectum are studied with special reference to diagnosis and treatment Consideration is given also to disorders of the glands associated with the alimentary canal (liver and biliary trad and pancreas) The importance of Xmiddotray findings and of chemical and bacteriological studies in diagshynosis is Indicated Gastroscopy sigmoidoscopy and duodenal drainage are demonshystrated and their significance discussed In addition the newer methods of treatment are presented with special reference to pathological physiology of the gastrointestinal trod

11

345-ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Dr Poindexter and uaH

Five daYI November 1114 1946 and March 1721 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $50

This course II designed for the general practitioner who is primarily interested in cardiology Particular attention Is given to the fundamentals of electrocardiography as well as a review of electrocardiographic findingl in the various forms of heart disease

348-CLINICAL TROPICAL MEDICINE AND PARASITOLOGY Dr Bercovitz and slaH

Five dayl June 2-6 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $45

A symposium on clinical tropical medicine designed for general practitioners who need to know how to diagnose and treat those tropical diseases which come into the country from infected areal overseas Special stress is laid on simple diagnostic methods suitable for office use diHerential diagnosis and the latest methods of therapy In addition to the usual medical diseases tropical skin conditions will be dealt with by ~ group of dermatologists (from the Deportment of Dermatology) experienced in the tropics Lectures laboratory demonltrations of parasites and conferences are given

349-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

Four weeks May 5middot29 1947 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $125

A comprehensive course lummarizing basic knowledge and recent advances in the field of cardiology including electrocardiography fluoroscopy and functional testing A review of all the common cardiac diseases as well as many of the less frequent diseases of the cardiovaKular system with case presentations and time allotted for clinical observation A summary of the present concepts of therapy in the various types of cardiac lesion including the complications usually arising in acute and chronic cardiovaKular diseases

360-REVIEW OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and slaH

Twelve w ks Seplember 23 through December 17 1946 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $350

This course is designed to meet the needs of returning medical oHicers for a refresher course covering the maior fields of internal medicine and preference will be given to diKharged medical oHicers in admission to the course

Emphasis is placed on therapy the importance of adequate nutrition the psychososhymatic aspects and the role of geriatrics in each of the diseases under diKusslon Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures are demonstrated Ample time is allotted for the examination of potients in most of the sectlonl

tART-TIME COURSES

301-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and ItaH

9middot12 am Tuesday January 7february 25 1947 Minimum clall five $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases Special attention is given to current diagnostic procedures and advances in therapy

12

302-ALLERGY Dr Spain and uaH

2middot330 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $25

A discussion of the fundamentals of allergy together with a description of the diagshynosis and treatment of its various clinical forms combined with the demonstration of cases

303-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

2middot5 pm Monday January 6-February 24 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45

Patients with heart disease of diHering etiology and varioul manifestations are demonstrated both from the out-potient deportment middotand the wards The essential features of and interpretations obtainable from lpecialized diagnostic equipment such as electrocardiograph electrostethograph fluoroscope roentgenkymogram and that used for respiratory measurements are demonstrated

3M-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and ItaH

9middot11 am Wednesday January 8middotFebruary 26 1947 Minimum cia II five Fee $30

This lecture course presents a rapid review of the normal and pathological physiology of those systems of particular importance in internal medicine The clinical value indicashytions and interpretations of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are diKussed The course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the importance of laboratory data in diagnosis is stressed

306-CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY Dr Kauer and uaH

2-4 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum cia IS five Fee $30

The course includes a diKussion of the techniques used in hematology with the intershypretation of hematological laboratory data The pathogenesis symptomatology and treatment of the anemias polycythemia disorders of the white cells and the hemorshyrhagic diatheses are reviewed including the use of folic acid thymine beta-chloroethyl amines and radioactive phosphorus The use of blood and blood substitutes and the clinical importance of the Rh factor are presented

307-PROBLEMS IN DIAGNOSIS Dr Shapiro and IlaH

9middot12 am Monday January 6-February 241947 Minimum clall five maxishymum twenty Fee $45

Case teaching with special emphasis on ailments seen in oHice and hospital practice The important points in the history the interpretation of physical findings X-ray and laboratory analyses are all included in the discussion of diHerential diagnosis

308-ACUTE AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF THE CHEST Dr Ulmar and IlaH

9-12 am Thunday January 9February 27 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45bull

Diagnosis and treatment practical discussion and demonstration of acute and chronic pulmonary diseases correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies fluoroscopy

13

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 2: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiHD Acting Presidenr of the University Willard C Rappleye AM MD scD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L WaHl AM Registrar Elizabeth S Margulis AB BS librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses listed in this announcement are designed to help the physician to keep abreast of current procedures in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases seen in general practice Some are full-time courses and many are part-time courses especially planned to enable physicians in Greater New York to study special subjects without giving up their practice All the courses have been made as practical as possible Detailed proshygrams of any of the full-time courses will be furnished upan request

ADMISSION Courses described in this bulletin are open to physicians in good standshying who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and who are licensed to practice medicine in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men Application for admission should be made as for in advance as possible since most of the courses have a limited enrollment An application form will be found on page 19

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A deposit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned In case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be accepted No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the GI Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

3

CALENDAR OF OPENING DATES OF COURSES

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made 1946 - 47 upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of pastgraduate study According ta the wrh of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to 1946 Medicine 310 applications from physiclcins practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania Medicine 311 September 9 Dermatology 1219 Neurology 711

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshy 16 Orthopedics 522 9 Medicine 308Pathology 123pital was incorparated in 1882 and chartered by the state in 1886 as a school for Medicine 313 the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine 23 Medicine 342 1 0 Medicine 302Medicine 360and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved Medicine 309 in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street 25 Interdepartmental 1112 Medicine 31530 Gynecology 203The hospital now has411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshy Gynecology 211 February 3 Pediatrics 413 vides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research 10 Pediatrics 415October Gynecology 200laboratories is closely related to the teaching program 17 Gynecology 203

Gynecology 222In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at l00th Street and Central Park West became Gynecology 211 2 Gynecology 212a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic Orthopedics 5227 Medicine 340surgery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

Pediatrics 41 0In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement March 3 Gynecology 20010 Medicine 334 a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Gynecology 21214 Medicine 343Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school Medicine 34228 Medicine 337

The administration of the Stuyvesont Square Hospital was assumed by the Postshy Pediatrics 410 Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth 4 Gynecology 222November 4 Medicine 330Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshy 17 Medicine 345

Pediatrics 413bined skin clinics have more than 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about Neurology 713shy11 Gynecology 2038000 additional visits to the tumor clinic 24 Medicine 337

Gynecology 211 A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of Medicine 345 April 1 Pediatrics 413matriculates and teaching stoff The leading medical lournals of this country and many Traumatic Surgery 550 7 Medicine 331 foreign lou rna is are provided as well as text and reference books 18 Orthopedics 520 Medicine 343There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year Pediatrics 415 Gynecology 2031945-1946

Gynecology 211 December 2 Gynecology 201 14 Pediatrics 415Medicine 331 21 Medicine 330Neurology 713

The school also issues the following bulletins Pathology 1233 Gynecology 202 28 Interdepartmental 1140

Short Courses for Specialists describing short courses in anesthesia gynecology Orthopedics 520neurology and psychiatry ophthalmology orthopedic surgery otolaryngology pathshy 1947 ~~( -T ology pediatrics surgery traumatic surgery and urology that are offered only to 1 Gynecology 200 specialists in those fields January 2 Bacteriology 110 Gynecology 222

Gynecology 200Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphilology describing 2 Gynecology 212Gynecology 222 5 Medicine 349short courses in that department for specialists as well as the training for specialization 3 Gynecology 212 Pediatrics 410in that field 6 Gynecology 203 Interdepartmental 1112shy

Gynecology 211 19 Gynecology 203 Medicine 300 Gynecology 211 Medicine 303Address all applications and inquiries to Traumatic Surgery 550Medicine 307

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL Pediatrics 410 June 2 Medicine 348 303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y Pediatrics 4137 Medicine 301

Medicine 319 Pediatrics 415Artlt(HIV~ 8 Medicine 304 Interdepartmental 1100

Medicine 306 16 Medicine 341

5

bull

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES

1100-SYMPOSIUM ON INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE Dn Johnson and Ferlaino (Demiddot partment of Medicine) with the cooperation of members of the Departments of Dermatology and Syphilology Ophthalmology Orthopedic Surgery and Traumatic SUrgtry

Five days June MJ 1947 Minimum class ten Fee $45

A series of lectures on industrial medicine with special reference to industrial health Practical discussions of such problems as dust hazards lead and metal poisonings fumes and vapors Industrial dermatoses cardiovascular diseases eye injuries and orthopedics are included One day is devoted to the problems of the traumatic surgeon in industry Such subjects as industrial absenteeism prevention of accidents and safety measures and the special problems of women in industry are also considered Time is allotted for group discussions

1112-DISEASES OF THE LIVER BILIARY TRACT AND PANCREAS-INTRODUCmiddot TORY COURSE Given by the Departments of Medicine and Suery Drs Carter Gne Twiss Berger and staff

tt am-4 pm Wednesday September 25-Odober 30 1946 and June a 1947 Minimum cia twenty maximum forty Fee $60

Basic principles in clinical and laboratory examination diagnosis and treatment duodenal drainages in the clinic The etiology diagnosis and management of advanced lesions and complications of diseases of the liver biliary tract and pancreas Early or functional diseases of the biliary tract are studied with special emphasis on their relashytionship to advanced organic lesions Lectures ward rounds staff conferences demonshystration of immediate and delayed cholangiography and operating room demonstrashytions of surgical procedures

1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Given by the Departments of Medicine and Surgery Dn Dury and Pratt and staH

Five days April 2B-May 2 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty Fee $45 Differential diagnosis the use and interpretation of diagnostic methods including the

oscillometer nerve blocks hotmiddotwater immersion tests and surface temperature studies arteriography the medical and surgical treatment of diseases of the peripheral vascushylar system including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease scleroderma and arteriosclerosis venous and lymphatic pathology surgical aspects of vascular diseases and demonstration of apporatus Case studies are stressed throughout the course

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor Gladys L Morton

11O-CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY AND SEROLOGY Dr MacNeal and Mi Morton

One month 912 am dally January 1947 Minimum class thr maximum eight Fee $100

lectures and demonstrations of bedside technique and exercises in laboratory proshycedures as aids in the diagnosis treatment and prevention of infectious diseases

6

DERMATOlOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology George Miller MacK (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Isadore Rosen Fred Wise Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W Abramowitz Max

Scheer Marion B Sulzberger Eugene F Traub Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Anthony C Cipollaro

Max Jessner Wilbert Sachs Herman Sharlit Charles F~ Sims Nathan Sobel Jesse A Tolmach_

Associates Charles Lemer Royal M Montgomery Joseph L Morse Frances Pascher Herbert Rosenfeld

Instructors Rudolf L Baer David B Ballin Hans H Biberateln David Bloom Samuel B Frank Andrew G Franks Charles A Greenhouse Charles S Miller Charles Robert Rein Domenico Romano Jacob Wachtel Jack Wolf

Assistants Joseph C Amenbach John Garb Arthur B Hyman Harry Kell Solomon A Klein Paul R Kline Ernest W Nathan Gdall Rubin Jacob Skeer

Research Assistants Peter Vincent Blsconti Franz Herrmann Norman B Kanof Hilliard M Shalr

1219-SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY Drs MacKee Rosen Wi Sulzberger Clpallaro and staff

Five days September 913 1946 Minimum cia twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the following allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin disshyeases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin diseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital syphilis neuroshysyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

7

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby Isashy

dor W Kahn Theodore Neustaeclter Instructors R G M Dunovant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

Matthew DiGlorgl Assistant Attending Gynecologist to the Hospital Charlotte Jones Associate Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary Samuel Schmenler Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary

FULL-TIME COURSE

200-SEMINAR IN GYNECOLOGY Dr Dannreuther and staff

Two month beginning on October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 3 1947 and May 1 1947 Minimum cia four maximum six Fee $225

Clinical lectures (Illustrated with lantern slides anatomical specimens and moving pictures) operative and non-operatlve clinics and ward rounds provide systematic Instruction In gynecological pathology diagnosis and office treatment cystoscopy and endoscopy and gynecological endocrinology

PART-TIME COURSES

DIAGNOSIS AND OFFICE TREATMENT

Maximum for each class six

The course may be taken In anyone of the following classes

201-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr DiGiorgl and staff

Ten session beginning December 2 1946 Minimum class two fee $40

202-10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Dr Dunovant and staff

Ten sessions beginning December 3 1946 Minimum class two Fee $40

203-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr Hyams and staff

Fifteen sessions beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 Janushyary 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Minimum class four Fee $60

205-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday Dr Jacoby and staff

Ten sessions beginning the first Tuesday of any month except July August and September Minimum class two Fee $40

Gynecological office procedures are presented by demonstrations lantern slides and practical application Oppartunity is given to examine a large number of patients and to develop diagnostic ability Course No 203 alsa includes electrotherapy as it applies to gynecology methods of conization of the uterine cervix uterosalpingography sterilizamiddot tlon by coagulation of the uterine cornu and transuterine Insufflation

8

CYSTOSCOPY AND ENDOSCOPY

Fifteen session of two hours each Minimum In each class two maximum six fee $75 There I a choice of two cia

211-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 January 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Dr Schmenler and staff

212-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning October 2 1946 January 3 1947 March 3 1947 and May 2 1947 Dr Kahn and staff

Technique of cystoscopy endoscopy and ureteral catheterization Practical experishyence in diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the urethra bladder ureter and kidney

222-GYNECOLOGICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY Drs Neustaedter Mackenzie and Jonebullbull

10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Twenty-four sellions beginshyning October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 4 1947 and May 1 1947 Maximum class four Fee $100 Applicant will be admitted only after an Interview with the professor In charge

An adequate knowledge of biological chemistry histopathology and the physiology of the female pelvic organs Is required for admission to this course because laboratory procedures are correlated with the doily clinical work

The relation of the endocrine glands and their hormones to physical development menstrual derangements sterility and menopausal disturbances the clinical application of organotherapy

MEDICINE

Professor of Clinical Medicine Walter G Lough (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Medicine C V Bailey Herman O Mosenthal W C Spain

Associate Clinical Professors of Medicine Benlamln I Ashe Maurice Bruger A Wilshybur Duryee Joseph Eldelsberg Clarence C Fuller Carl H Greene John E Hutton Charles A Poindexter

Assistant Clinical Professors of Medicine Z Bercovltz John D Currence John stalge Davis Jr Edward F Hartung Harry J JohnsonS Edward Klng Robert McGroth Matthew Shapiro J Russell Twill David Ulmar

Associates J Scott Butterworth Israel G Epstein Mack Lipkin

Research Associate William V Berger

Instructors Hyman Alexander Paul K Boyer Maurice R Chassln Herbert K Ensworth Abner M Fuchs George Everett Gaillard Thoma H Gleeson Winifred C Loughlin Jerome A Marb Lawrence Meyers Teresa McGovern Dlno Sandronl Ralph F Schneider James Teler Henry I Tumer

Research Assistants Elliot Oppenheim Andrew G Prandonlmiddot Jacob A Rosenshykrantz M Stephen Schwartz Margaret I strauII Irene Tamagna

Frank R ferlalno Assistant Attending Physician to the Hospital George L Kauer Jr Assistant Physician to the Hospital

middotOn leave of absence for military service

9

FULLmiddotTIME COURSES

300-SEMINAR IN INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and ItaH

Eight weeks January 6-February 28 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $225

This seminar is designed to present a survey of the field of internal m~dicine by means of lectures and case demonstrations In the various medical specialties The proshygram is composed of all the portmiddottime courses listed below and also includes a weekly staff conference

330-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and staH

Five daYI November 4-8 1946 and April 21middot25 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases including classification difshyferential diagnosis pothology bacteriology and treatment of rheumatoid and gonorshyrheal arthritis osteoarthritis gout fibrositis acute rheumatic fever and related conshyditions Emphasis is placed on specific therapy when known constitutional therapy physical therapy corrective exercises the prevention and treatment of deformities and the use of local and regional analgesia Special attention is given to recent advances in diagnosis and treatment

331-ALLERGY Dr Spain and ItaH

Th weeks December 2-20 1946 and April 725 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $200 (The December clall il filled)

Morning sessions are devoted to laboratory instruction in the preparotion and standshyardization of protein extracts while aftemoan sessions in the large out-patient clinic deal with the diagnosis and treatment of asthma hay fever and other allergic diseases the technique of skin tests and hyposensitization and the role of focal infections in allergy

334-NUTRITION Dr Johnson and staH

Two daYI Odober 10 and 11 1946 Minimum class five Fee $20

Emphasis is placed upon the importance of nutrition in the etiology and treotment of the deficiency diseases and the use of nutritional measures In the management of various types of diseased state The lectures are thoroughly practical and the clinical material Is used ta illustrate them when possible

337-DIABnES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staH

Five days Odober 28-November 1 1946 and March 24-28 1947 Minimum ciaII five fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus hypershytension and nephritis The value and interpretation of laboratory data are discussed Symptomatology diagnosis and treatment are stressed throughout the course

10

340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staH with the cooperation of the Department of Neurology and Psychiatry

Th dayI Odober 7 8 and 9 1946 Minimum clals five fee $30

Discussion of the physico I and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses Including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

341-SYMPOSIUM ON INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and staH

Ten days June 16-27 1947 Regiltrationl will be accepted for the entire ten days or for either the fint or second five-clay sellion Minimum clall ten Fees $45 for five days $75 for ten days

This course offers to the general praditioner a rapid survey of the newer methods of diagnosis and treatment in the field of internal medicine Lectures are accomponied by demonstrations of apporatus and clinical presentations wherever practical The subjects discussed include allergy arthritis and allied rheumatic disorders psychosomatic medicine blood dyscraslas nutrition and the avitaminoses diseases of metabolism (diabetes mellitus hypertension disorders of the thyroid and other endocrine glands) functional and chemical aspects of pathological physiology geriatrics gastroenterology cardiovascular diseases acute and chronic pulmonary diseases antibiotics in generol medicine

342-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and staH

Ten days September 23-Odober 4 1946 and March 3middot14 1947 Minimum ciaII ten Fee $75

This lecture course is presented as a review of normal and pothological physiology of those systems of porticular importance in internal medicine Discussions include fat protein and carbohydrate metabolism respiratory physiology hematopoietic system the vitamins bile physiology the functional testing of the stomach pancreas and liver the endocrine glands phosphatase metabolism cerebrospinal fluid chemistry mineral metabolism cardiac physiology blood volume water balance and acidmiddotbase metabolshyIsm The clinical value indications and interpretation of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are discussed This course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the Importance of laboratory data in diagnosis Is stressed

343-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr Fuller and staH with the cooperation of memo ben of the Departments of Radiology and Surgery

Ten days Odober 14-25 1946 and April 7-18 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $75

Diseases of the esophagus stomach Intestines and rectum are studied with special reference to diagnosis and treatment Consideration is given also to disorders of the glands associated with the alimentary canal (liver and biliary trad and pancreas) The importance of Xmiddotray findings and of chemical and bacteriological studies in diagshynosis is Indicated Gastroscopy sigmoidoscopy and duodenal drainage are demonshystrated and their significance discussed In addition the newer methods of treatment are presented with special reference to pathological physiology of the gastrointestinal trod

11

345-ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Dr Poindexter and uaH

Five daYI November 1114 1946 and March 1721 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $50

This course II designed for the general practitioner who is primarily interested in cardiology Particular attention Is given to the fundamentals of electrocardiography as well as a review of electrocardiographic findingl in the various forms of heart disease

348-CLINICAL TROPICAL MEDICINE AND PARASITOLOGY Dr Bercovitz and slaH

Five dayl June 2-6 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $45

A symposium on clinical tropical medicine designed for general practitioners who need to know how to diagnose and treat those tropical diseases which come into the country from infected areal overseas Special stress is laid on simple diagnostic methods suitable for office use diHerential diagnosis and the latest methods of therapy In addition to the usual medical diseases tropical skin conditions will be dealt with by ~ group of dermatologists (from the Deportment of Dermatology) experienced in the tropics Lectures laboratory demonltrations of parasites and conferences are given

349-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

Four weeks May 5middot29 1947 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $125

A comprehensive course lummarizing basic knowledge and recent advances in the field of cardiology including electrocardiography fluoroscopy and functional testing A review of all the common cardiac diseases as well as many of the less frequent diseases of the cardiovaKular system with case presentations and time allotted for clinical observation A summary of the present concepts of therapy in the various types of cardiac lesion including the complications usually arising in acute and chronic cardiovaKular diseases

360-REVIEW OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and slaH

Twelve w ks Seplember 23 through December 17 1946 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $350

This course is designed to meet the needs of returning medical oHicers for a refresher course covering the maior fields of internal medicine and preference will be given to diKharged medical oHicers in admission to the course

Emphasis is placed on therapy the importance of adequate nutrition the psychososhymatic aspects and the role of geriatrics in each of the diseases under diKusslon Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures are demonstrated Ample time is allotted for the examination of potients in most of the sectlonl

tART-TIME COURSES

301-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and ItaH

9middot12 am Tuesday January 7february 25 1947 Minimum clall five $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases Special attention is given to current diagnostic procedures and advances in therapy

12

302-ALLERGY Dr Spain and uaH

2middot330 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $25

A discussion of the fundamentals of allergy together with a description of the diagshynosis and treatment of its various clinical forms combined with the demonstration of cases

303-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

2middot5 pm Monday January 6-February 24 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45

Patients with heart disease of diHering etiology and varioul manifestations are demonstrated both from the out-potient deportment middotand the wards The essential features of and interpretations obtainable from lpecialized diagnostic equipment such as electrocardiograph electrostethograph fluoroscope roentgenkymogram and that used for respiratory measurements are demonstrated

3M-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and ItaH

9middot11 am Wednesday January 8middotFebruary 26 1947 Minimum cia II five Fee $30

This lecture course presents a rapid review of the normal and pathological physiology of those systems of particular importance in internal medicine The clinical value indicashytions and interpretations of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are diKussed The course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the importance of laboratory data in diagnosis is stressed

306-CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY Dr Kauer and uaH

2-4 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum cia IS five Fee $30

The course includes a diKussion of the techniques used in hematology with the intershypretation of hematological laboratory data The pathogenesis symptomatology and treatment of the anemias polycythemia disorders of the white cells and the hemorshyrhagic diatheses are reviewed including the use of folic acid thymine beta-chloroethyl amines and radioactive phosphorus The use of blood and blood substitutes and the clinical importance of the Rh factor are presented

307-PROBLEMS IN DIAGNOSIS Dr Shapiro and IlaH

9middot12 am Monday January 6-February 241947 Minimum clall five maxishymum twenty Fee $45

Case teaching with special emphasis on ailments seen in oHice and hospital practice The important points in the history the interpretation of physical findings X-ray and laboratory analyses are all included in the discussion of diHerential diagnosis

308-ACUTE AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF THE CHEST Dr Ulmar and IlaH

9-12 am Thunday January 9February 27 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45bull

Diagnosis and treatment practical discussion and demonstration of acute and chronic pulmonary diseases correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies fluoroscopy

13

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 3: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

CALENDAR OF OPENING DATES OF COURSES

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made 1946 - 47 upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of pastgraduate study According ta the wrh of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to 1946 Medicine 310 applications from physiclcins practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania Medicine 311 September 9 Dermatology 1219 Neurology 711

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshy 16 Orthopedics 522 9 Medicine 308Pathology 123pital was incorparated in 1882 and chartered by the state in 1886 as a school for Medicine 313 the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine 23 Medicine 342 1 0 Medicine 302Medicine 360and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved Medicine 309 in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street 25 Interdepartmental 1112 Medicine 31530 Gynecology 203The hospital now has411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshy Gynecology 211 February 3 Pediatrics 413 vides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research 10 Pediatrics 415October Gynecology 200laboratories is closely related to the teaching program 17 Gynecology 203

Gynecology 222In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at l00th Street and Central Park West became Gynecology 211 2 Gynecology 212a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic Orthopedics 5227 Medicine 340surgery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

Pediatrics 41 0In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement March 3 Gynecology 20010 Medicine 334 a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Gynecology 21214 Medicine 343Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school Medicine 34228 Medicine 337

The administration of the Stuyvesont Square Hospital was assumed by the Postshy Pediatrics 410 Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth 4 Gynecology 222November 4 Medicine 330Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshy 17 Medicine 345

Pediatrics 413bined skin clinics have more than 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about Neurology 713shy11 Gynecology 2038000 additional visits to the tumor clinic 24 Medicine 337

Gynecology 211 A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of Medicine 345 April 1 Pediatrics 413matriculates and teaching stoff The leading medical lournals of this country and many Traumatic Surgery 550 7 Medicine 331 foreign lou rna is are provided as well as text and reference books 18 Orthopedics 520 Medicine 343There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year Pediatrics 415 Gynecology 2031945-1946

Gynecology 211 December 2 Gynecology 201 14 Pediatrics 415Medicine 331 21 Medicine 330Neurology 713

The school also issues the following bulletins Pathology 1233 Gynecology 202 28 Interdepartmental 1140

Short Courses for Specialists describing short courses in anesthesia gynecology Orthopedics 520neurology and psychiatry ophthalmology orthopedic surgery otolaryngology pathshy 1947 ~~( -T ology pediatrics surgery traumatic surgery and urology that are offered only to 1 Gynecology 200 specialists in those fields January 2 Bacteriology 110 Gynecology 222

Gynecology 200Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphilology describing 2 Gynecology 212Gynecology 222 5 Medicine 349short courses in that department for specialists as well as the training for specialization 3 Gynecology 212 Pediatrics 410in that field 6 Gynecology 203 Interdepartmental 1112shy

Gynecology 211 19 Gynecology 203 Medicine 300 Gynecology 211 Medicine 303Address all applications and inquiries to Traumatic Surgery 550Medicine 307

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL Pediatrics 410 June 2 Medicine 348 303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y Pediatrics 4137 Medicine 301

Medicine 319 Pediatrics 415Artlt(HIV~ 8 Medicine 304 Interdepartmental 1100

Medicine 306 16 Medicine 341

5

bull

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES

1100-SYMPOSIUM ON INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE Dn Johnson and Ferlaino (Demiddot partment of Medicine) with the cooperation of members of the Departments of Dermatology and Syphilology Ophthalmology Orthopedic Surgery and Traumatic SUrgtry

Five days June MJ 1947 Minimum class ten Fee $45

A series of lectures on industrial medicine with special reference to industrial health Practical discussions of such problems as dust hazards lead and metal poisonings fumes and vapors Industrial dermatoses cardiovascular diseases eye injuries and orthopedics are included One day is devoted to the problems of the traumatic surgeon in industry Such subjects as industrial absenteeism prevention of accidents and safety measures and the special problems of women in industry are also considered Time is allotted for group discussions

1112-DISEASES OF THE LIVER BILIARY TRACT AND PANCREAS-INTRODUCmiddot TORY COURSE Given by the Departments of Medicine and Suery Drs Carter Gne Twiss Berger and staff

tt am-4 pm Wednesday September 25-Odober 30 1946 and June a 1947 Minimum cia twenty maximum forty Fee $60

Basic principles in clinical and laboratory examination diagnosis and treatment duodenal drainages in the clinic The etiology diagnosis and management of advanced lesions and complications of diseases of the liver biliary tract and pancreas Early or functional diseases of the biliary tract are studied with special emphasis on their relashytionship to advanced organic lesions Lectures ward rounds staff conferences demonshystration of immediate and delayed cholangiography and operating room demonstrashytions of surgical procedures

1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Given by the Departments of Medicine and Surgery Dn Dury and Pratt and staH

Five days April 2B-May 2 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty Fee $45 Differential diagnosis the use and interpretation of diagnostic methods including the

oscillometer nerve blocks hotmiddotwater immersion tests and surface temperature studies arteriography the medical and surgical treatment of diseases of the peripheral vascushylar system including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease scleroderma and arteriosclerosis venous and lymphatic pathology surgical aspects of vascular diseases and demonstration of apporatus Case studies are stressed throughout the course

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor Gladys L Morton

11O-CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY AND SEROLOGY Dr MacNeal and Mi Morton

One month 912 am dally January 1947 Minimum class thr maximum eight Fee $100

lectures and demonstrations of bedside technique and exercises in laboratory proshycedures as aids in the diagnosis treatment and prevention of infectious diseases

6

DERMATOlOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology George Miller MacK (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Isadore Rosen Fred Wise Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W Abramowitz Max

Scheer Marion B Sulzberger Eugene F Traub Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Anthony C Cipollaro

Max Jessner Wilbert Sachs Herman Sharlit Charles F~ Sims Nathan Sobel Jesse A Tolmach_

Associates Charles Lemer Royal M Montgomery Joseph L Morse Frances Pascher Herbert Rosenfeld

Instructors Rudolf L Baer David B Ballin Hans H Biberateln David Bloom Samuel B Frank Andrew G Franks Charles A Greenhouse Charles S Miller Charles Robert Rein Domenico Romano Jacob Wachtel Jack Wolf

Assistants Joseph C Amenbach John Garb Arthur B Hyman Harry Kell Solomon A Klein Paul R Kline Ernest W Nathan Gdall Rubin Jacob Skeer

Research Assistants Peter Vincent Blsconti Franz Herrmann Norman B Kanof Hilliard M Shalr

1219-SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY Drs MacKee Rosen Wi Sulzberger Clpallaro and staff

Five days September 913 1946 Minimum cia twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the following allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin disshyeases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin diseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital syphilis neuroshysyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

7

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby Isashy

dor W Kahn Theodore Neustaeclter Instructors R G M Dunovant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

Matthew DiGlorgl Assistant Attending Gynecologist to the Hospital Charlotte Jones Associate Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary Samuel Schmenler Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary

FULL-TIME COURSE

200-SEMINAR IN GYNECOLOGY Dr Dannreuther and staff

Two month beginning on October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 3 1947 and May 1 1947 Minimum cia four maximum six Fee $225

Clinical lectures (Illustrated with lantern slides anatomical specimens and moving pictures) operative and non-operatlve clinics and ward rounds provide systematic Instruction In gynecological pathology diagnosis and office treatment cystoscopy and endoscopy and gynecological endocrinology

PART-TIME COURSES

DIAGNOSIS AND OFFICE TREATMENT

Maximum for each class six

The course may be taken In anyone of the following classes

201-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr DiGiorgl and staff

Ten session beginning December 2 1946 Minimum class two fee $40

202-10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Dr Dunovant and staff

Ten sessions beginning December 3 1946 Minimum class two Fee $40

203-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr Hyams and staff

Fifteen sessions beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 Janushyary 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Minimum class four Fee $60

205-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday Dr Jacoby and staff

Ten sessions beginning the first Tuesday of any month except July August and September Minimum class two Fee $40

Gynecological office procedures are presented by demonstrations lantern slides and practical application Oppartunity is given to examine a large number of patients and to develop diagnostic ability Course No 203 alsa includes electrotherapy as it applies to gynecology methods of conization of the uterine cervix uterosalpingography sterilizamiddot tlon by coagulation of the uterine cornu and transuterine Insufflation

8

CYSTOSCOPY AND ENDOSCOPY

Fifteen session of two hours each Minimum In each class two maximum six fee $75 There I a choice of two cia

211-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 January 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Dr Schmenler and staff

212-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning October 2 1946 January 3 1947 March 3 1947 and May 2 1947 Dr Kahn and staff

Technique of cystoscopy endoscopy and ureteral catheterization Practical experishyence in diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the urethra bladder ureter and kidney

222-GYNECOLOGICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY Drs Neustaedter Mackenzie and Jonebullbull

10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Twenty-four sellions beginshyning October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 4 1947 and May 1 1947 Maximum class four Fee $100 Applicant will be admitted only after an Interview with the professor In charge

An adequate knowledge of biological chemistry histopathology and the physiology of the female pelvic organs Is required for admission to this course because laboratory procedures are correlated with the doily clinical work

The relation of the endocrine glands and their hormones to physical development menstrual derangements sterility and menopausal disturbances the clinical application of organotherapy

MEDICINE

Professor of Clinical Medicine Walter G Lough (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Medicine C V Bailey Herman O Mosenthal W C Spain

Associate Clinical Professors of Medicine Benlamln I Ashe Maurice Bruger A Wilshybur Duryee Joseph Eldelsberg Clarence C Fuller Carl H Greene John E Hutton Charles A Poindexter

Assistant Clinical Professors of Medicine Z Bercovltz John D Currence John stalge Davis Jr Edward F Hartung Harry J JohnsonS Edward Klng Robert McGroth Matthew Shapiro J Russell Twill David Ulmar

Associates J Scott Butterworth Israel G Epstein Mack Lipkin

Research Associate William V Berger

Instructors Hyman Alexander Paul K Boyer Maurice R Chassln Herbert K Ensworth Abner M Fuchs George Everett Gaillard Thoma H Gleeson Winifred C Loughlin Jerome A Marb Lawrence Meyers Teresa McGovern Dlno Sandronl Ralph F Schneider James Teler Henry I Tumer

Research Assistants Elliot Oppenheim Andrew G Prandonlmiddot Jacob A Rosenshykrantz M Stephen Schwartz Margaret I strauII Irene Tamagna

Frank R ferlalno Assistant Attending Physician to the Hospital George L Kauer Jr Assistant Physician to the Hospital

middotOn leave of absence for military service

9

FULLmiddotTIME COURSES

300-SEMINAR IN INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and ItaH

Eight weeks January 6-February 28 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $225

This seminar is designed to present a survey of the field of internal m~dicine by means of lectures and case demonstrations In the various medical specialties The proshygram is composed of all the portmiddottime courses listed below and also includes a weekly staff conference

330-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and staH

Five daYI November 4-8 1946 and April 21middot25 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases including classification difshyferential diagnosis pothology bacteriology and treatment of rheumatoid and gonorshyrheal arthritis osteoarthritis gout fibrositis acute rheumatic fever and related conshyditions Emphasis is placed on specific therapy when known constitutional therapy physical therapy corrective exercises the prevention and treatment of deformities and the use of local and regional analgesia Special attention is given to recent advances in diagnosis and treatment

331-ALLERGY Dr Spain and ItaH

Th weeks December 2-20 1946 and April 725 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $200 (The December clall il filled)

Morning sessions are devoted to laboratory instruction in the preparotion and standshyardization of protein extracts while aftemoan sessions in the large out-patient clinic deal with the diagnosis and treatment of asthma hay fever and other allergic diseases the technique of skin tests and hyposensitization and the role of focal infections in allergy

334-NUTRITION Dr Johnson and staH

Two daYI Odober 10 and 11 1946 Minimum class five Fee $20

Emphasis is placed upon the importance of nutrition in the etiology and treotment of the deficiency diseases and the use of nutritional measures In the management of various types of diseased state The lectures are thoroughly practical and the clinical material Is used ta illustrate them when possible

337-DIABnES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staH

Five days Odober 28-November 1 1946 and March 24-28 1947 Minimum ciaII five fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus hypershytension and nephritis The value and interpretation of laboratory data are discussed Symptomatology diagnosis and treatment are stressed throughout the course

10

340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staH with the cooperation of the Department of Neurology and Psychiatry

Th dayI Odober 7 8 and 9 1946 Minimum clals five fee $30

Discussion of the physico I and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses Including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

341-SYMPOSIUM ON INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and staH

Ten days June 16-27 1947 Regiltrationl will be accepted for the entire ten days or for either the fint or second five-clay sellion Minimum clall ten Fees $45 for five days $75 for ten days

This course offers to the general praditioner a rapid survey of the newer methods of diagnosis and treatment in the field of internal medicine Lectures are accomponied by demonstrations of apporatus and clinical presentations wherever practical The subjects discussed include allergy arthritis and allied rheumatic disorders psychosomatic medicine blood dyscraslas nutrition and the avitaminoses diseases of metabolism (diabetes mellitus hypertension disorders of the thyroid and other endocrine glands) functional and chemical aspects of pathological physiology geriatrics gastroenterology cardiovascular diseases acute and chronic pulmonary diseases antibiotics in generol medicine

342-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and staH

Ten days September 23-Odober 4 1946 and March 3middot14 1947 Minimum ciaII ten Fee $75

This lecture course is presented as a review of normal and pothological physiology of those systems of porticular importance in internal medicine Discussions include fat protein and carbohydrate metabolism respiratory physiology hematopoietic system the vitamins bile physiology the functional testing of the stomach pancreas and liver the endocrine glands phosphatase metabolism cerebrospinal fluid chemistry mineral metabolism cardiac physiology blood volume water balance and acidmiddotbase metabolshyIsm The clinical value indications and interpretation of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are discussed This course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the Importance of laboratory data in diagnosis Is stressed

343-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr Fuller and staH with the cooperation of memo ben of the Departments of Radiology and Surgery

Ten days Odober 14-25 1946 and April 7-18 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $75

Diseases of the esophagus stomach Intestines and rectum are studied with special reference to diagnosis and treatment Consideration is given also to disorders of the glands associated with the alimentary canal (liver and biliary trad and pancreas) The importance of Xmiddotray findings and of chemical and bacteriological studies in diagshynosis is Indicated Gastroscopy sigmoidoscopy and duodenal drainage are demonshystrated and their significance discussed In addition the newer methods of treatment are presented with special reference to pathological physiology of the gastrointestinal trod

11

345-ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Dr Poindexter and uaH

Five daYI November 1114 1946 and March 1721 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $50

This course II designed for the general practitioner who is primarily interested in cardiology Particular attention Is given to the fundamentals of electrocardiography as well as a review of electrocardiographic findingl in the various forms of heart disease

348-CLINICAL TROPICAL MEDICINE AND PARASITOLOGY Dr Bercovitz and slaH

Five dayl June 2-6 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $45

A symposium on clinical tropical medicine designed for general practitioners who need to know how to diagnose and treat those tropical diseases which come into the country from infected areal overseas Special stress is laid on simple diagnostic methods suitable for office use diHerential diagnosis and the latest methods of therapy In addition to the usual medical diseases tropical skin conditions will be dealt with by ~ group of dermatologists (from the Deportment of Dermatology) experienced in the tropics Lectures laboratory demonltrations of parasites and conferences are given

349-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

Four weeks May 5middot29 1947 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $125

A comprehensive course lummarizing basic knowledge and recent advances in the field of cardiology including electrocardiography fluoroscopy and functional testing A review of all the common cardiac diseases as well as many of the less frequent diseases of the cardiovaKular system with case presentations and time allotted for clinical observation A summary of the present concepts of therapy in the various types of cardiac lesion including the complications usually arising in acute and chronic cardiovaKular diseases

360-REVIEW OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and slaH

Twelve w ks Seplember 23 through December 17 1946 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $350

This course is designed to meet the needs of returning medical oHicers for a refresher course covering the maior fields of internal medicine and preference will be given to diKharged medical oHicers in admission to the course

Emphasis is placed on therapy the importance of adequate nutrition the psychososhymatic aspects and the role of geriatrics in each of the diseases under diKusslon Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures are demonstrated Ample time is allotted for the examination of potients in most of the sectlonl

tART-TIME COURSES

301-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and ItaH

9middot12 am Tuesday January 7february 25 1947 Minimum clall five $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases Special attention is given to current diagnostic procedures and advances in therapy

12

302-ALLERGY Dr Spain and uaH

2middot330 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $25

A discussion of the fundamentals of allergy together with a description of the diagshynosis and treatment of its various clinical forms combined with the demonstration of cases

303-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

2middot5 pm Monday January 6-February 24 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45

Patients with heart disease of diHering etiology and varioul manifestations are demonstrated both from the out-potient deportment middotand the wards The essential features of and interpretations obtainable from lpecialized diagnostic equipment such as electrocardiograph electrostethograph fluoroscope roentgenkymogram and that used for respiratory measurements are demonstrated

3M-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and ItaH

9middot11 am Wednesday January 8middotFebruary 26 1947 Minimum cia II five Fee $30

This lecture course presents a rapid review of the normal and pathological physiology of those systems of particular importance in internal medicine The clinical value indicashytions and interpretations of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are diKussed The course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the importance of laboratory data in diagnosis is stressed

306-CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY Dr Kauer and uaH

2-4 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum cia IS five Fee $30

The course includes a diKussion of the techniques used in hematology with the intershypretation of hematological laboratory data The pathogenesis symptomatology and treatment of the anemias polycythemia disorders of the white cells and the hemorshyrhagic diatheses are reviewed including the use of folic acid thymine beta-chloroethyl amines and radioactive phosphorus The use of blood and blood substitutes and the clinical importance of the Rh factor are presented

307-PROBLEMS IN DIAGNOSIS Dr Shapiro and IlaH

9middot12 am Monday January 6-February 241947 Minimum clall five maxishymum twenty Fee $45

Case teaching with special emphasis on ailments seen in oHice and hospital practice The important points in the history the interpretation of physical findings X-ray and laboratory analyses are all included in the discussion of diHerential diagnosis

308-ACUTE AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF THE CHEST Dr Ulmar and IlaH

9-12 am Thunday January 9February 27 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45bull

Diagnosis and treatment practical discussion and demonstration of acute and chronic pulmonary diseases correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies fluoroscopy

13

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 4: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

bull

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES

1100-SYMPOSIUM ON INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE Dn Johnson and Ferlaino (Demiddot partment of Medicine) with the cooperation of members of the Departments of Dermatology and Syphilology Ophthalmology Orthopedic Surgery and Traumatic SUrgtry

Five days June MJ 1947 Minimum class ten Fee $45

A series of lectures on industrial medicine with special reference to industrial health Practical discussions of such problems as dust hazards lead and metal poisonings fumes and vapors Industrial dermatoses cardiovascular diseases eye injuries and orthopedics are included One day is devoted to the problems of the traumatic surgeon in industry Such subjects as industrial absenteeism prevention of accidents and safety measures and the special problems of women in industry are also considered Time is allotted for group discussions

1112-DISEASES OF THE LIVER BILIARY TRACT AND PANCREAS-INTRODUCmiddot TORY COURSE Given by the Departments of Medicine and Suery Drs Carter Gne Twiss Berger and staff

tt am-4 pm Wednesday September 25-Odober 30 1946 and June a 1947 Minimum cia twenty maximum forty Fee $60

Basic principles in clinical and laboratory examination diagnosis and treatment duodenal drainages in the clinic The etiology diagnosis and management of advanced lesions and complications of diseases of the liver biliary tract and pancreas Early or functional diseases of the biliary tract are studied with special emphasis on their relashytionship to advanced organic lesions Lectures ward rounds staff conferences demonshystration of immediate and delayed cholangiography and operating room demonstrashytions of surgical procedures

1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Given by the Departments of Medicine and Surgery Dn Dury and Pratt and staH

Five days April 2B-May 2 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty Fee $45 Differential diagnosis the use and interpretation of diagnostic methods including the

oscillometer nerve blocks hotmiddotwater immersion tests and surface temperature studies arteriography the medical and surgical treatment of diseases of the peripheral vascushylar system including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease scleroderma and arteriosclerosis venous and lymphatic pathology surgical aspects of vascular diseases and demonstration of apporatus Case studies are stressed throughout the course

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor Gladys L Morton

11O-CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY AND SEROLOGY Dr MacNeal and Mi Morton

One month 912 am dally January 1947 Minimum class thr maximum eight Fee $100

lectures and demonstrations of bedside technique and exercises in laboratory proshycedures as aids in the diagnosis treatment and prevention of infectious diseases

6

DERMATOlOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology George Miller MacK (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Isadore Rosen Fred Wise Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W Abramowitz Max

Scheer Marion B Sulzberger Eugene F Traub Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology Anthony C Cipollaro

Max Jessner Wilbert Sachs Herman Sharlit Charles F~ Sims Nathan Sobel Jesse A Tolmach_

Associates Charles Lemer Royal M Montgomery Joseph L Morse Frances Pascher Herbert Rosenfeld

Instructors Rudolf L Baer David B Ballin Hans H Biberateln David Bloom Samuel B Frank Andrew G Franks Charles A Greenhouse Charles S Miller Charles Robert Rein Domenico Romano Jacob Wachtel Jack Wolf

Assistants Joseph C Amenbach John Garb Arthur B Hyman Harry Kell Solomon A Klein Paul R Kline Ernest W Nathan Gdall Rubin Jacob Skeer

Research Assistants Peter Vincent Blsconti Franz Herrmann Norman B Kanof Hilliard M Shalr

1219-SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY Drs MacKee Rosen Wi Sulzberger Clpallaro and staff

Five days September 913 1946 Minimum cia twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the following allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin disshyeases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin diseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital syphilis neuroshysyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

7

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby Isashy

dor W Kahn Theodore Neustaeclter Instructors R G M Dunovant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

Matthew DiGlorgl Assistant Attending Gynecologist to the Hospital Charlotte Jones Associate Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary Samuel Schmenler Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary

FULL-TIME COURSE

200-SEMINAR IN GYNECOLOGY Dr Dannreuther and staff

Two month beginning on October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 3 1947 and May 1 1947 Minimum cia four maximum six Fee $225

Clinical lectures (Illustrated with lantern slides anatomical specimens and moving pictures) operative and non-operatlve clinics and ward rounds provide systematic Instruction In gynecological pathology diagnosis and office treatment cystoscopy and endoscopy and gynecological endocrinology

PART-TIME COURSES

DIAGNOSIS AND OFFICE TREATMENT

Maximum for each class six

The course may be taken In anyone of the following classes

201-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr DiGiorgl and staff

Ten session beginning December 2 1946 Minimum class two fee $40

202-10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Dr Dunovant and staff

Ten sessions beginning December 3 1946 Minimum class two Fee $40

203-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr Hyams and staff

Fifteen sessions beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 Janushyary 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Minimum class four Fee $60

205-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday Dr Jacoby and staff

Ten sessions beginning the first Tuesday of any month except July August and September Minimum class two Fee $40

Gynecological office procedures are presented by demonstrations lantern slides and practical application Oppartunity is given to examine a large number of patients and to develop diagnostic ability Course No 203 alsa includes electrotherapy as it applies to gynecology methods of conization of the uterine cervix uterosalpingography sterilizamiddot tlon by coagulation of the uterine cornu and transuterine Insufflation

8

CYSTOSCOPY AND ENDOSCOPY

Fifteen session of two hours each Minimum In each class two maximum six fee $75 There I a choice of two cia

211-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 January 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Dr Schmenler and staff

212-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning October 2 1946 January 3 1947 March 3 1947 and May 2 1947 Dr Kahn and staff

Technique of cystoscopy endoscopy and ureteral catheterization Practical experishyence in diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the urethra bladder ureter and kidney

222-GYNECOLOGICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY Drs Neustaedter Mackenzie and Jonebullbull

10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Twenty-four sellions beginshyning October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 4 1947 and May 1 1947 Maximum class four Fee $100 Applicant will be admitted only after an Interview with the professor In charge

An adequate knowledge of biological chemistry histopathology and the physiology of the female pelvic organs Is required for admission to this course because laboratory procedures are correlated with the doily clinical work

The relation of the endocrine glands and their hormones to physical development menstrual derangements sterility and menopausal disturbances the clinical application of organotherapy

MEDICINE

Professor of Clinical Medicine Walter G Lough (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Medicine C V Bailey Herman O Mosenthal W C Spain

Associate Clinical Professors of Medicine Benlamln I Ashe Maurice Bruger A Wilshybur Duryee Joseph Eldelsberg Clarence C Fuller Carl H Greene John E Hutton Charles A Poindexter

Assistant Clinical Professors of Medicine Z Bercovltz John D Currence John stalge Davis Jr Edward F Hartung Harry J JohnsonS Edward Klng Robert McGroth Matthew Shapiro J Russell Twill David Ulmar

Associates J Scott Butterworth Israel G Epstein Mack Lipkin

Research Associate William V Berger

Instructors Hyman Alexander Paul K Boyer Maurice R Chassln Herbert K Ensworth Abner M Fuchs George Everett Gaillard Thoma H Gleeson Winifred C Loughlin Jerome A Marb Lawrence Meyers Teresa McGovern Dlno Sandronl Ralph F Schneider James Teler Henry I Tumer

Research Assistants Elliot Oppenheim Andrew G Prandonlmiddot Jacob A Rosenshykrantz M Stephen Schwartz Margaret I strauII Irene Tamagna

Frank R ferlalno Assistant Attending Physician to the Hospital George L Kauer Jr Assistant Physician to the Hospital

middotOn leave of absence for military service

9

FULLmiddotTIME COURSES

300-SEMINAR IN INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and ItaH

Eight weeks January 6-February 28 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $225

This seminar is designed to present a survey of the field of internal m~dicine by means of lectures and case demonstrations In the various medical specialties The proshygram is composed of all the portmiddottime courses listed below and also includes a weekly staff conference

330-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and staH

Five daYI November 4-8 1946 and April 21middot25 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases including classification difshyferential diagnosis pothology bacteriology and treatment of rheumatoid and gonorshyrheal arthritis osteoarthritis gout fibrositis acute rheumatic fever and related conshyditions Emphasis is placed on specific therapy when known constitutional therapy physical therapy corrective exercises the prevention and treatment of deformities and the use of local and regional analgesia Special attention is given to recent advances in diagnosis and treatment

331-ALLERGY Dr Spain and ItaH

Th weeks December 2-20 1946 and April 725 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $200 (The December clall il filled)

Morning sessions are devoted to laboratory instruction in the preparotion and standshyardization of protein extracts while aftemoan sessions in the large out-patient clinic deal with the diagnosis and treatment of asthma hay fever and other allergic diseases the technique of skin tests and hyposensitization and the role of focal infections in allergy

334-NUTRITION Dr Johnson and staH

Two daYI Odober 10 and 11 1946 Minimum class five Fee $20

Emphasis is placed upon the importance of nutrition in the etiology and treotment of the deficiency diseases and the use of nutritional measures In the management of various types of diseased state The lectures are thoroughly practical and the clinical material Is used ta illustrate them when possible

337-DIABnES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staH

Five days Odober 28-November 1 1946 and March 24-28 1947 Minimum ciaII five fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus hypershytension and nephritis The value and interpretation of laboratory data are discussed Symptomatology diagnosis and treatment are stressed throughout the course

10

340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staH with the cooperation of the Department of Neurology and Psychiatry

Th dayI Odober 7 8 and 9 1946 Minimum clals five fee $30

Discussion of the physico I and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses Including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

341-SYMPOSIUM ON INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and staH

Ten days June 16-27 1947 Regiltrationl will be accepted for the entire ten days or for either the fint or second five-clay sellion Minimum clall ten Fees $45 for five days $75 for ten days

This course offers to the general praditioner a rapid survey of the newer methods of diagnosis and treatment in the field of internal medicine Lectures are accomponied by demonstrations of apporatus and clinical presentations wherever practical The subjects discussed include allergy arthritis and allied rheumatic disorders psychosomatic medicine blood dyscraslas nutrition and the avitaminoses diseases of metabolism (diabetes mellitus hypertension disorders of the thyroid and other endocrine glands) functional and chemical aspects of pathological physiology geriatrics gastroenterology cardiovascular diseases acute and chronic pulmonary diseases antibiotics in generol medicine

342-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and staH

Ten days September 23-Odober 4 1946 and March 3middot14 1947 Minimum ciaII ten Fee $75

This lecture course is presented as a review of normal and pothological physiology of those systems of porticular importance in internal medicine Discussions include fat protein and carbohydrate metabolism respiratory physiology hematopoietic system the vitamins bile physiology the functional testing of the stomach pancreas and liver the endocrine glands phosphatase metabolism cerebrospinal fluid chemistry mineral metabolism cardiac physiology blood volume water balance and acidmiddotbase metabolshyIsm The clinical value indications and interpretation of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are discussed This course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the Importance of laboratory data in diagnosis Is stressed

343-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr Fuller and staH with the cooperation of memo ben of the Departments of Radiology and Surgery

Ten days Odober 14-25 1946 and April 7-18 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $75

Diseases of the esophagus stomach Intestines and rectum are studied with special reference to diagnosis and treatment Consideration is given also to disorders of the glands associated with the alimentary canal (liver and biliary trad and pancreas) The importance of Xmiddotray findings and of chemical and bacteriological studies in diagshynosis is Indicated Gastroscopy sigmoidoscopy and duodenal drainage are demonshystrated and their significance discussed In addition the newer methods of treatment are presented with special reference to pathological physiology of the gastrointestinal trod

11

345-ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Dr Poindexter and uaH

Five daYI November 1114 1946 and March 1721 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $50

This course II designed for the general practitioner who is primarily interested in cardiology Particular attention Is given to the fundamentals of electrocardiography as well as a review of electrocardiographic findingl in the various forms of heart disease

348-CLINICAL TROPICAL MEDICINE AND PARASITOLOGY Dr Bercovitz and slaH

Five dayl June 2-6 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $45

A symposium on clinical tropical medicine designed for general practitioners who need to know how to diagnose and treat those tropical diseases which come into the country from infected areal overseas Special stress is laid on simple diagnostic methods suitable for office use diHerential diagnosis and the latest methods of therapy In addition to the usual medical diseases tropical skin conditions will be dealt with by ~ group of dermatologists (from the Deportment of Dermatology) experienced in the tropics Lectures laboratory demonltrations of parasites and conferences are given

349-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

Four weeks May 5middot29 1947 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $125

A comprehensive course lummarizing basic knowledge and recent advances in the field of cardiology including electrocardiography fluoroscopy and functional testing A review of all the common cardiac diseases as well as many of the less frequent diseases of the cardiovaKular system with case presentations and time allotted for clinical observation A summary of the present concepts of therapy in the various types of cardiac lesion including the complications usually arising in acute and chronic cardiovaKular diseases

360-REVIEW OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and slaH

Twelve w ks Seplember 23 through December 17 1946 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $350

This course is designed to meet the needs of returning medical oHicers for a refresher course covering the maior fields of internal medicine and preference will be given to diKharged medical oHicers in admission to the course

Emphasis is placed on therapy the importance of adequate nutrition the psychososhymatic aspects and the role of geriatrics in each of the diseases under diKusslon Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures are demonstrated Ample time is allotted for the examination of potients in most of the sectlonl

tART-TIME COURSES

301-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and ItaH

9middot12 am Tuesday January 7february 25 1947 Minimum clall five $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases Special attention is given to current diagnostic procedures and advances in therapy

12

302-ALLERGY Dr Spain and uaH

2middot330 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $25

A discussion of the fundamentals of allergy together with a description of the diagshynosis and treatment of its various clinical forms combined with the demonstration of cases

303-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

2middot5 pm Monday January 6-February 24 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45

Patients with heart disease of diHering etiology and varioul manifestations are demonstrated both from the out-potient deportment middotand the wards The essential features of and interpretations obtainable from lpecialized diagnostic equipment such as electrocardiograph electrostethograph fluoroscope roentgenkymogram and that used for respiratory measurements are demonstrated

3M-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and ItaH

9middot11 am Wednesday January 8middotFebruary 26 1947 Minimum cia II five Fee $30

This lecture course presents a rapid review of the normal and pathological physiology of those systems of particular importance in internal medicine The clinical value indicashytions and interpretations of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are diKussed The course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the importance of laboratory data in diagnosis is stressed

306-CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY Dr Kauer and uaH

2-4 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum cia IS five Fee $30

The course includes a diKussion of the techniques used in hematology with the intershypretation of hematological laboratory data The pathogenesis symptomatology and treatment of the anemias polycythemia disorders of the white cells and the hemorshyrhagic diatheses are reviewed including the use of folic acid thymine beta-chloroethyl amines and radioactive phosphorus The use of blood and blood substitutes and the clinical importance of the Rh factor are presented

307-PROBLEMS IN DIAGNOSIS Dr Shapiro and IlaH

9middot12 am Monday January 6-February 241947 Minimum clall five maxishymum twenty Fee $45

Case teaching with special emphasis on ailments seen in oHice and hospital practice The important points in the history the interpretation of physical findings X-ray and laboratory analyses are all included in the discussion of diHerential diagnosis

308-ACUTE AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF THE CHEST Dr Ulmar and IlaH

9-12 am Thunday January 9February 27 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45bull

Diagnosis and treatment practical discussion and demonstration of acute and chronic pulmonary diseases correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies fluoroscopy

13

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 5: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby Isashy

dor W Kahn Theodore Neustaeclter Instructors R G M Dunovant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

Matthew DiGlorgl Assistant Attending Gynecologist to the Hospital Charlotte Jones Associate Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary Samuel Schmenler Attending Gynecologist to the Dispensary

FULL-TIME COURSE

200-SEMINAR IN GYNECOLOGY Dr Dannreuther and staff

Two month beginning on October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 3 1947 and May 1 1947 Minimum cia four maximum six Fee $225

Clinical lectures (Illustrated with lantern slides anatomical specimens and moving pictures) operative and non-operatlve clinics and ward rounds provide systematic Instruction In gynecological pathology diagnosis and office treatment cystoscopy and endoscopy and gynecological endocrinology

PART-TIME COURSES

DIAGNOSIS AND OFFICE TREATMENT

Maximum for each class six

The course may be taken In anyone of the following classes

201-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr DiGiorgl and staff

Ten session beginning December 2 1946 Minimum class two fee $40

202-10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Dr Dunovant and staff

Ten sessions beginning December 3 1946 Minimum class two Fee $40

203-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday Dr Hyams and staff

Fifteen sessions beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 Janushyary 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Minimum class four Fee $60

205-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday Dr Jacoby and staff

Ten sessions beginning the first Tuesday of any month except July August and September Minimum class two Fee $40

Gynecological office procedures are presented by demonstrations lantern slides and practical application Oppartunity is given to examine a large number of patients and to develop diagnostic ability Course No 203 alsa includes electrotherapy as it applies to gynecology methods of conization of the uterine cervix uterosalpingography sterilizamiddot tlon by coagulation of the uterine cornu and transuterine Insufflation

8

CYSTOSCOPY AND ENDOSCOPY

Fifteen session of two hours each Minimum In each class two maximum six fee $75 There I a choice of two cia

211-10-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning September 30 1946 November 11 1946 January 6 1947 february 17 1947 April 7 1947 and May 19 1947 Dr Schmenler and staff

212-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday beginning October 2 1946 January 3 1947 March 3 1947 and May 2 1947 Dr Kahn and staff

Technique of cystoscopy endoscopy and ureteral catheterization Practical experishyence in diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the urethra bladder ureter and kidney

222-GYNECOLOGICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY Drs Neustaedter Mackenzie and Jonebullbull

10-12 am Tuesday Thursday and Saturday Twenty-four sellions beginshyning October 1 1946 January 2 1947 March 4 1947 and May 1 1947 Maximum class four Fee $100 Applicant will be admitted only after an Interview with the professor In charge

An adequate knowledge of biological chemistry histopathology and the physiology of the female pelvic organs Is required for admission to this course because laboratory procedures are correlated with the doily clinical work

The relation of the endocrine glands and their hormones to physical development menstrual derangements sterility and menopausal disturbances the clinical application of organotherapy

MEDICINE

Professor of Clinical Medicine Walter G Lough (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Medicine C V Bailey Herman O Mosenthal W C Spain

Associate Clinical Professors of Medicine Benlamln I Ashe Maurice Bruger A Wilshybur Duryee Joseph Eldelsberg Clarence C Fuller Carl H Greene John E Hutton Charles A Poindexter

Assistant Clinical Professors of Medicine Z Bercovltz John D Currence John stalge Davis Jr Edward F Hartung Harry J JohnsonS Edward Klng Robert McGroth Matthew Shapiro J Russell Twill David Ulmar

Associates J Scott Butterworth Israel G Epstein Mack Lipkin

Research Associate William V Berger

Instructors Hyman Alexander Paul K Boyer Maurice R Chassln Herbert K Ensworth Abner M Fuchs George Everett Gaillard Thoma H Gleeson Winifred C Loughlin Jerome A Marb Lawrence Meyers Teresa McGovern Dlno Sandronl Ralph F Schneider James Teler Henry I Tumer

Research Assistants Elliot Oppenheim Andrew G Prandonlmiddot Jacob A Rosenshykrantz M Stephen Schwartz Margaret I strauII Irene Tamagna

Frank R ferlalno Assistant Attending Physician to the Hospital George L Kauer Jr Assistant Physician to the Hospital

middotOn leave of absence for military service

9

FULLmiddotTIME COURSES

300-SEMINAR IN INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and ItaH

Eight weeks January 6-February 28 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $225

This seminar is designed to present a survey of the field of internal m~dicine by means of lectures and case demonstrations In the various medical specialties The proshygram is composed of all the portmiddottime courses listed below and also includes a weekly staff conference

330-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and staH

Five daYI November 4-8 1946 and April 21middot25 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases including classification difshyferential diagnosis pothology bacteriology and treatment of rheumatoid and gonorshyrheal arthritis osteoarthritis gout fibrositis acute rheumatic fever and related conshyditions Emphasis is placed on specific therapy when known constitutional therapy physical therapy corrective exercises the prevention and treatment of deformities and the use of local and regional analgesia Special attention is given to recent advances in diagnosis and treatment

331-ALLERGY Dr Spain and ItaH

Th weeks December 2-20 1946 and April 725 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $200 (The December clall il filled)

Morning sessions are devoted to laboratory instruction in the preparotion and standshyardization of protein extracts while aftemoan sessions in the large out-patient clinic deal with the diagnosis and treatment of asthma hay fever and other allergic diseases the technique of skin tests and hyposensitization and the role of focal infections in allergy

334-NUTRITION Dr Johnson and staH

Two daYI Odober 10 and 11 1946 Minimum class five Fee $20

Emphasis is placed upon the importance of nutrition in the etiology and treotment of the deficiency diseases and the use of nutritional measures In the management of various types of diseased state The lectures are thoroughly practical and the clinical material Is used ta illustrate them when possible

337-DIABnES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staH

Five days Odober 28-November 1 1946 and March 24-28 1947 Minimum ciaII five fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus hypershytension and nephritis The value and interpretation of laboratory data are discussed Symptomatology diagnosis and treatment are stressed throughout the course

10

340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staH with the cooperation of the Department of Neurology and Psychiatry

Th dayI Odober 7 8 and 9 1946 Minimum clals five fee $30

Discussion of the physico I and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses Including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

341-SYMPOSIUM ON INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and staH

Ten days June 16-27 1947 Regiltrationl will be accepted for the entire ten days or for either the fint or second five-clay sellion Minimum clall ten Fees $45 for five days $75 for ten days

This course offers to the general praditioner a rapid survey of the newer methods of diagnosis and treatment in the field of internal medicine Lectures are accomponied by demonstrations of apporatus and clinical presentations wherever practical The subjects discussed include allergy arthritis and allied rheumatic disorders psychosomatic medicine blood dyscraslas nutrition and the avitaminoses diseases of metabolism (diabetes mellitus hypertension disorders of the thyroid and other endocrine glands) functional and chemical aspects of pathological physiology geriatrics gastroenterology cardiovascular diseases acute and chronic pulmonary diseases antibiotics in generol medicine

342-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and staH

Ten days September 23-Odober 4 1946 and March 3middot14 1947 Minimum ciaII ten Fee $75

This lecture course is presented as a review of normal and pothological physiology of those systems of porticular importance in internal medicine Discussions include fat protein and carbohydrate metabolism respiratory physiology hematopoietic system the vitamins bile physiology the functional testing of the stomach pancreas and liver the endocrine glands phosphatase metabolism cerebrospinal fluid chemistry mineral metabolism cardiac physiology blood volume water balance and acidmiddotbase metabolshyIsm The clinical value indications and interpretation of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are discussed This course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the Importance of laboratory data in diagnosis Is stressed

343-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr Fuller and staH with the cooperation of memo ben of the Departments of Radiology and Surgery

Ten days Odober 14-25 1946 and April 7-18 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $75

Diseases of the esophagus stomach Intestines and rectum are studied with special reference to diagnosis and treatment Consideration is given also to disorders of the glands associated with the alimentary canal (liver and biliary trad and pancreas) The importance of Xmiddotray findings and of chemical and bacteriological studies in diagshynosis is Indicated Gastroscopy sigmoidoscopy and duodenal drainage are demonshystrated and their significance discussed In addition the newer methods of treatment are presented with special reference to pathological physiology of the gastrointestinal trod

11

345-ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Dr Poindexter and uaH

Five daYI November 1114 1946 and March 1721 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $50

This course II designed for the general practitioner who is primarily interested in cardiology Particular attention Is given to the fundamentals of electrocardiography as well as a review of electrocardiographic findingl in the various forms of heart disease

348-CLINICAL TROPICAL MEDICINE AND PARASITOLOGY Dr Bercovitz and slaH

Five dayl June 2-6 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $45

A symposium on clinical tropical medicine designed for general practitioners who need to know how to diagnose and treat those tropical diseases which come into the country from infected areal overseas Special stress is laid on simple diagnostic methods suitable for office use diHerential diagnosis and the latest methods of therapy In addition to the usual medical diseases tropical skin conditions will be dealt with by ~ group of dermatologists (from the Deportment of Dermatology) experienced in the tropics Lectures laboratory demonltrations of parasites and conferences are given

349-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

Four weeks May 5middot29 1947 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $125

A comprehensive course lummarizing basic knowledge and recent advances in the field of cardiology including electrocardiography fluoroscopy and functional testing A review of all the common cardiac diseases as well as many of the less frequent diseases of the cardiovaKular system with case presentations and time allotted for clinical observation A summary of the present concepts of therapy in the various types of cardiac lesion including the complications usually arising in acute and chronic cardiovaKular diseases

360-REVIEW OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and slaH

Twelve w ks Seplember 23 through December 17 1946 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $350

This course is designed to meet the needs of returning medical oHicers for a refresher course covering the maior fields of internal medicine and preference will be given to diKharged medical oHicers in admission to the course

Emphasis is placed on therapy the importance of adequate nutrition the psychososhymatic aspects and the role of geriatrics in each of the diseases under diKusslon Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures are demonstrated Ample time is allotted for the examination of potients in most of the sectlonl

tART-TIME COURSES

301-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and ItaH

9middot12 am Tuesday January 7february 25 1947 Minimum clall five $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases Special attention is given to current diagnostic procedures and advances in therapy

12

302-ALLERGY Dr Spain and uaH

2middot330 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $25

A discussion of the fundamentals of allergy together with a description of the diagshynosis and treatment of its various clinical forms combined with the demonstration of cases

303-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

2middot5 pm Monday January 6-February 24 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45

Patients with heart disease of diHering etiology and varioul manifestations are demonstrated both from the out-potient deportment middotand the wards The essential features of and interpretations obtainable from lpecialized diagnostic equipment such as electrocardiograph electrostethograph fluoroscope roentgenkymogram and that used for respiratory measurements are demonstrated

3M-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and ItaH

9middot11 am Wednesday January 8middotFebruary 26 1947 Minimum cia II five Fee $30

This lecture course presents a rapid review of the normal and pathological physiology of those systems of particular importance in internal medicine The clinical value indicashytions and interpretations of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are diKussed The course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the importance of laboratory data in diagnosis is stressed

306-CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY Dr Kauer and uaH

2-4 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum cia IS five Fee $30

The course includes a diKussion of the techniques used in hematology with the intershypretation of hematological laboratory data The pathogenesis symptomatology and treatment of the anemias polycythemia disorders of the white cells and the hemorshyrhagic diatheses are reviewed including the use of folic acid thymine beta-chloroethyl amines and radioactive phosphorus The use of blood and blood substitutes and the clinical importance of the Rh factor are presented

307-PROBLEMS IN DIAGNOSIS Dr Shapiro and IlaH

9middot12 am Monday January 6-February 241947 Minimum clall five maxishymum twenty Fee $45

Case teaching with special emphasis on ailments seen in oHice and hospital practice The important points in the history the interpretation of physical findings X-ray and laboratory analyses are all included in the discussion of diHerential diagnosis

308-ACUTE AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF THE CHEST Dr Ulmar and IlaH

9-12 am Thunday January 9February 27 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45bull

Diagnosis and treatment practical discussion and demonstration of acute and chronic pulmonary diseases correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies fluoroscopy

13

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 6: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

FULLmiddotTIME COURSES

300-SEMINAR IN INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and ItaH

Eight weeks January 6-February 28 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $225

This seminar is designed to present a survey of the field of internal m~dicine by means of lectures and case demonstrations In the various medical specialties The proshygram is composed of all the portmiddottime courses listed below and also includes a weekly staff conference

330-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and staH

Five daYI November 4-8 1946 and April 21middot25 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases including classification difshyferential diagnosis pothology bacteriology and treatment of rheumatoid and gonorshyrheal arthritis osteoarthritis gout fibrositis acute rheumatic fever and related conshyditions Emphasis is placed on specific therapy when known constitutional therapy physical therapy corrective exercises the prevention and treatment of deformities and the use of local and regional analgesia Special attention is given to recent advances in diagnosis and treatment

331-ALLERGY Dr Spain and ItaH

Th weeks December 2-20 1946 and April 725 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $200 (The December clall il filled)

Morning sessions are devoted to laboratory instruction in the preparotion and standshyardization of protein extracts while aftemoan sessions in the large out-patient clinic deal with the diagnosis and treatment of asthma hay fever and other allergic diseases the technique of skin tests and hyposensitization and the role of focal infections in allergy

334-NUTRITION Dr Johnson and staH

Two daYI Odober 10 and 11 1946 Minimum class five Fee $20

Emphasis is placed upon the importance of nutrition in the etiology and treotment of the deficiency diseases and the use of nutritional measures In the management of various types of diseased state The lectures are thoroughly practical and the clinical material Is used ta illustrate them when possible

337-DIABnES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staH

Five days Odober 28-November 1 1946 and March 24-28 1947 Minimum ciaII five fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus hypershytension and nephritis The value and interpretation of laboratory data are discussed Symptomatology diagnosis and treatment are stressed throughout the course

10

340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staH with the cooperation of the Department of Neurology and Psychiatry

Th dayI Odober 7 8 and 9 1946 Minimum clals five fee $30

Discussion of the physico I and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses Including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

341-SYMPOSIUM ON INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and staH

Ten days June 16-27 1947 Regiltrationl will be accepted for the entire ten days or for either the fint or second five-clay sellion Minimum clall ten Fees $45 for five days $75 for ten days

This course offers to the general praditioner a rapid survey of the newer methods of diagnosis and treatment in the field of internal medicine Lectures are accomponied by demonstrations of apporatus and clinical presentations wherever practical The subjects discussed include allergy arthritis and allied rheumatic disorders psychosomatic medicine blood dyscraslas nutrition and the avitaminoses diseases of metabolism (diabetes mellitus hypertension disorders of the thyroid and other endocrine glands) functional and chemical aspects of pathological physiology geriatrics gastroenterology cardiovascular diseases acute and chronic pulmonary diseases antibiotics in generol medicine

342-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and staH

Ten days September 23-Odober 4 1946 and March 3middot14 1947 Minimum ciaII ten Fee $75

This lecture course is presented as a review of normal and pothological physiology of those systems of porticular importance in internal medicine Discussions include fat protein and carbohydrate metabolism respiratory physiology hematopoietic system the vitamins bile physiology the functional testing of the stomach pancreas and liver the endocrine glands phosphatase metabolism cerebrospinal fluid chemistry mineral metabolism cardiac physiology blood volume water balance and acidmiddotbase metabolshyIsm The clinical value indications and interpretation of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are discussed This course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the Importance of laboratory data in diagnosis Is stressed

343-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr Fuller and staH with the cooperation of memo ben of the Departments of Radiology and Surgery

Ten days Odober 14-25 1946 and April 7-18 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $75

Diseases of the esophagus stomach Intestines and rectum are studied with special reference to diagnosis and treatment Consideration is given also to disorders of the glands associated with the alimentary canal (liver and biliary trad and pancreas) The importance of Xmiddotray findings and of chemical and bacteriological studies in diagshynosis is Indicated Gastroscopy sigmoidoscopy and duodenal drainage are demonshystrated and their significance discussed In addition the newer methods of treatment are presented with special reference to pathological physiology of the gastrointestinal trod

11

345-ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Dr Poindexter and uaH

Five daYI November 1114 1946 and March 1721 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $50

This course II designed for the general practitioner who is primarily interested in cardiology Particular attention Is given to the fundamentals of electrocardiography as well as a review of electrocardiographic findingl in the various forms of heart disease

348-CLINICAL TROPICAL MEDICINE AND PARASITOLOGY Dr Bercovitz and slaH

Five dayl June 2-6 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $45

A symposium on clinical tropical medicine designed for general practitioners who need to know how to diagnose and treat those tropical diseases which come into the country from infected areal overseas Special stress is laid on simple diagnostic methods suitable for office use diHerential diagnosis and the latest methods of therapy In addition to the usual medical diseases tropical skin conditions will be dealt with by ~ group of dermatologists (from the Deportment of Dermatology) experienced in the tropics Lectures laboratory demonltrations of parasites and conferences are given

349-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

Four weeks May 5middot29 1947 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $125

A comprehensive course lummarizing basic knowledge and recent advances in the field of cardiology including electrocardiography fluoroscopy and functional testing A review of all the common cardiac diseases as well as many of the less frequent diseases of the cardiovaKular system with case presentations and time allotted for clinical observation A summary of the present concepts of therapy in the various types of cardiac lesion including the complications usually arising in acute and chronic cardiovaKular diseases

360-REVIEW OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and slaH

Twelve w ks Seplember 23 through December 17 1946 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $350

This course is designed to meet the needs of returning medical oHicers for a refresher course covering the maior fields of internal medicine and preference will be given to diKharged medical oHicers in admission to the course

Emphasis is placed on therapy the importance of adequate nutrition the psychososhymatic aspects and the role of geriatrics in each of the diseases under diKusslon Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures are demonstrated Ample time is allotted for the examination of potients in most of the sectlonl

tART-TIME COURSES

301-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and ItaH

9middot12 am Tuesday January 7february 25 1947 Minimum clall five $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases Special attention is given to current diagnostic procedures and advances in therapy

12

302-ALLERGY Dr Spain and uaH

2middot330 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $25

A discussion of the fundamentals of allergy together with a description of the diagshynosis and treatment of its various clinical forms combined with the demonstration of cases

303-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

2middot5 pm Monday January 6-February 24 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45

Patients with heart disease of diHering etiology and varioul manifestations are demonstrated both from the out-potient deportment middotand the wards The essential features of and interpretations obtainable from lpecialized diagnostic equipment such as electrocardiograph electrostethograph fluoroscope roentgenkymogram and that used for respiratory measurements are demonstrated

3M-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and ItaH

9middot11 am Wednesday January 8middotFebruary 26 1947 Minimum cia II five Fee $30

This lecture course presents a rapid review of the normal and pathological physiology of those systems of particular importance in internal medicine The clinical value indicashytions and interpretations of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are diKussed The course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the importance of laboratory data in diagnosis is stressed

306-CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY Dr Kauer and uaH

2-4 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum cia IS five Fee $30

The course includes a diKussion of the techniques used in hematology with the intershypretation of hematological laboratory data The pathogenesis symptomatology and treatment of the anemias polycythemia disorders of the white cells and the hemorshyrhagic diatheses are reviewed including the use of folic acid thymine beta-chloroethyl amines and radioactive phosphorus The use of blood and blood substitutes and the clinical importance of the Rh factor are presented

307-PROBLEMS IN DIAGNOSIS Dr Shapiro and IlaH

9middot12 am Monday January 6-February 241947 Minimum clall five maxishymum twenty Fee $45

Case teaching with special emphasis on ailments seen in oHice and hospital practice The important points in the history the interpretation of physical findings X-ray and laboratory analyses are all included in the discussion of diHerential diagnosis

308-ACUTE AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF THE CHEST Dr Ulmar and IlaH

9-12 am Thunday January 9February 27 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45bull

Diagnosis and treatment practical discussion and demonstration of acute and chronic pulmonary diseases correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies fluoroscopy

13

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 7: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

345-ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY Dr Poindexter and uaH

Five daYI November 1114 1946 and March 1721 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $50

This course II designed for the general practitioner who is primarily interested in cardiology Particular attention Is given to the fundamentals of electrocardiography as well as a review of electrocardiographic findingl in the various forms of heart disease

348-CLINICAL TROPICAL MEDICINE AND PARASITOLOGY Dr Bercovitz and slaH

Five dayl June 2-6 1947 Minimum clall ten Fee $45

A symposium on clinical tropical medicine designed for general practitioners who need to know how to diagnose and treat those tropical diseases which come into the country from infected areal overseas Special stress is laid on simple diagnostic methods suitable for office use diHerential diagnosis and the latest methods of therapy In addition to the usual medical diseases tropical skin conditions will be dealt with by ~ group of dermatologists (from the Deportment of Dermatology) experienced in the tropics Lectures laboratory demonltrations of parasites and conferences are given

349-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

Four weeks May 5middot29 1947 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $125

A comprehensive course lummarizing basic knowledge and recent advances in the field of cardiology including electrocardiography fluoroscopy and functional testing A review of all the common cardiac diseases as well as many of the less frequent diseases of the cardiovaKular system with case presentations and time allotted for clinical observation A summary of the present concepts of therapy in the various types of cardiac lesion including the complications usually arising in acute and chronic cardiovaKular diseases

360-REVIEW OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lough and slaH

Twelve w ks Seplember 23 through December 17 1946 Maximum ciaII thirty Fee $350

This course is designed to meet the needs of returning medical oHicers for a refresher course covering the maior fields of internal medicine and preference will be given to diKharged medical oHicers in admission to the course

Emphasis is placed on therapy the importance of adequate nutrition the psychososhymatic aspects and the role of geriatrics in each of the diseases under diKusslon Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures are demonstrated Ample time is allotted for the examination of potients in most of the sectlonl

tART-TIME COURSES

301-ARTHRITIS AND ALLIED RHEUMATIC DISORDERS Dr Hartung and ItaH

9middot12 am Tuesday January 7february 25 1947 Minimum clall five $45

A systematic survey of arthritis and rheumatic diseases Special attention is given to current diagnostic procedures and advances in therapy

12

302-ALLERGY Dr Spain and uaH

2middot330 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum clall five Fee $25

A discussion of the fundamentals of allergy together with a description of the diagshynosis and treatment of its various clinical forms combined with the demonstration of cases

303-CARDIOLOGY Dr Poindexter and ItaH

2middot5 pm Monday January 6-February 24 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45

Patients with heart disease of diHering etiology and varioul manifestations are demonstrated both from the out-potient deportment middotand the wards The essential features of and interpretations obtainable from lpecialized diagnostic equipment such as electrocardiograph electrostethograph fluoroscope roentgenkymogram and that used for respiratory measurements are demonstrated

3M-NORMAL AND PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY FUNCTIONAL AND CHEMImiddot CAL ASPECTS Dr Bruger and ItaH

9middot11 am Wednesday January 8middotFebruary 26 1947 Minimum cia II five Fee $30

This lecture course presents a rapid review of the normal and pathological physiology of those systems of particular importance in internal medicine The clinical value indicashytions and interpretations of functional and chemical tests designed to reveal disturbed physiology are diKussed The course does not include actual demonstrations of chemical technique but the importance of laboratory data in diagnosis is stressed

306-CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY Dr Kauer and uaH

2-4 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum cia IS five Fee $30

The course includes a diKussion of the techniques used in hematology with the intershypretation of hematological laboratory data The pathogenesis symptomatology and treatment of the anemias polycythemia disorders of the white cells and the hemorshyrhagic diatheses are reviewed including the use of folic acid thymine beta-chloroethyl amines and radioactive phosphorus The use of blood and blood substitutes and the clinical importance of the Rh factor are presented

307-PROBLEMS IN DIAGNOSIS Dr Shapiro and IlaH

9middot12 am Monday January 6-February 241947 Minimum clall five maxishymum twenty Fee $45

Case teaching with special emphasis on ailments seen in oHice and hospital practice The important points in the history the interpretation of physical findings X-ray and laboratory analyses are all included in the discussion of diHerential diagnosis

308-ACUTE AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF THE CHEST Dr Ulmar and IlaH

9-12 am Thunday January 9February 27 1947 Minimum cia II five maximiddot mum twenty Fee $45bull

Diagnosis and treatment practical discussion and demonstration of acute and chronic pulmonary diseases correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies fluoroscopy

13

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 8: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

309-DISEASES OF THE THYROID AND OTHER ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND DISshyORDERS OF NUTRITION Dn Lough Eidelsberg Johnson and staff

9middot12 am Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis medical and surgical treatment of thyroid disorders Methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the glands of internal secretion The etiology and complishycations of obesity and malnutrition including endocrine factors principles of metabolism and nutrition dietetic treatment and the use of metabolic stimulants the avitaminoses

310-DISEASES OF THE LIVER AND BILIARY TRACT Dr Twiss and staff with the cooperation of memben of the Department of Surgery

11 ammiddot1 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

Recent advances in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the liver and biliary tract technique and interpretation of biliary drainage pancreatic function tests liver function tests surgical indications

311-GASTROENTEROLOGY Dr FuJler and staff

2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-February 26 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the esophagus stomach and intestines with particular attention to peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis sigmoidoscopic examinations and demonstrations correlation of X-ray findings with clinical studies

313-DIABETES MELLITUS NEPHRITIS AND HYPERTENSION Dr Mosenthal and staff

2middot5 pm Thundar January 9middotFebruary 27 1947 Minimum class five Fee $45

The practical application of present knowledge concerning diabetes mellitus nephritis and hypertension the value and interpretation of laboratory data symptomatology diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment

315-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr Lipkin and staff

330-5 pm Friday January 10-February 28 1947 Minimum class five Fee $25

A survey of the so-called psychosomatic problem beginning with an outline of fundashymental principles followed by a summary of experimental work in this field Discussion of the physical and the psychological aspects of the functional neuroses including diagnosis and treatment description of the methodology of the various schools of psyshychotherapy and their application to this group of diseases

319-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES Dr Duryee and staff

2-4 pm Tuesday January 7-February 25 1947 Minimum class five Fee $30

The use and interpretation of methods of diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the vascular system Including thromboangiitis obliterans Raynauds disease and arterioshysclerosis

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry WiJllam D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Bums Max

Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A Manshy

gineJII Helen Thompson

711-PSYCHOANALYSIS IN GENERAL MEDICINE Drs Lehrman and Klein and staff

3-430 pm Wednesday January 8 through March 26 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twelve Fee $50 Applicants are admitted only after an inte view with the professor in charge of the coun

A series of lectures and demonstrations on psychoanalysis and its application to the study of the psychoneuroses and allied disorders such as the meaning and mechanism of phobias compulsions and obsessions the conversion symptoms as encountered in general practice which involve the voluntary and involuntary nervous system and manishyfest themselves as disturbances of function in the cardiovascular respiratory gastroshyenterological and genito-urinary systems the theory and management of physicianshypatient relationship (the nature of transference) and the elucidation of the various methods of psychotherapy

713-NEUROLOGICAL ANDPSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN GENmiddot ERAL PRACTICE Dn Sherwood and Lehrman and staff

Two weeks December 2middot14 1946 and March 17middot29 1947 Minimum class six maximum ten Fee $75

An intensive course in clinical neurology and psychopathology In which acute and chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems in adult patients are studied at the bedside and in the clinic Emphasis is on diagnosis (including electroshyencephalographic studies) and on such phases of therapy as can be carried out in general practice Cases of neurological disorders and borderline psychoneurotic and mental illnesses as well as psychosomatic problems are demonstrated in the mental hygiene clinic at the Post-Graduate and on the wards of Goldwater Memorial Hospital the Neurological Institute and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital

s 340-PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE p 11

s also 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS (In anshynouncement of SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS)

ORTHOPEDICS

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Prestan Instructors Gearge D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

15

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 9: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

520-0RTHOPEDICS IN GENERAL PRACTICE Dn Anopol Irih Whitman Premiddot ton and staH

Six day November 18-23 1946 and April 28-May 3 1947 Minimum cia four maximum twenty Fee $50

An intensive course including the following subjects congenital deformities weak and flattening feet anterior metatarsalgia knock knees bow legs scoliosis bone tubermiddot culosis bone and joint lues poliomyelitis osteoarthritis backache malunited and unshyunited fractures laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing and bacteriophage treatment The use of the X ray in orthopedic diagnosis is discussed Clinics are held with illustrative cases

522-FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY IN RELATION TO ORTHOPEDICS Dr Wenger and staH

Ten ions of two houn each 1-3 pm Monday and Friday September 16shyOctober 18 1946 and February 170March 21 1947 Minimum cia ix maximum fifteen Fee $60

This course consists of dissections of the upper and lower extremities and the spine as well as discussion of related lesions illustrated by lantern slides It is in no sense an operative course but is a detailed study of functional anatomy

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morri Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology Jame O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

600-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dn Nilsen Levine Macdonald and staH

Section A-2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Section B-2-4 pm Tuesday and Thursday from October through May Section C-IO-I2 am Monday Wednesday and Friday from October through May Phyician may enter the cia whenever there i a vacancy and take the coure in one or both section for four wHks or longer Maximum cia six in each ction FH for twelve ion $40 for one section $60 for two ctionl

~ssentially a clinical course dealing chiefly with methods of diagnosis and the recog nltlon of the commoner otolaryngological diseases supplemented by short lectures on instrumentation physiology and elementary anatomy

Physicians attending the course should provide themselves with examining instruments

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattel Aaron Edwin Margulil Louise

H Meeker

16

123-OROSS AND MICROSCOPIC PATHOLOGY Dn Richter Lattel and Margulis

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday September 16-0ctober 25 1946 and April 210May 28 1947 Minimum clall three maximum eight Fee $75

A survey of the normal and pathological histology of tissues and organs including degenerative changes inflammation and repair and neoplasms

(Other course in pathology are Iited in the Announcement of Short Coune for Specialits)

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSanctis (Executive Officer)

Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Mose H Edelman

Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

Associates Beatrice Bergman George W Caldwell Martin M Maliner Benjamin Silberg Edward T Wilkes

Instructors Philip S Chasin Francis C DeLorenzo Samuel L Ellenberg Vincent de Paul Larkin Flora F Silberbush

410-CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staH

Four w ks October 7-November 21946 January 6-February 1 1947 March 3-29 1947 and May 5-29 1947 Maximum cia slxtHn Fee $125

A review of clinical pediatrics including ward rounds clinical conferences and case demonstrations in special clinics dealing with cardiology allergy endocrinology chest diseases and speech defects Clinical lectures on neurological orthopedic urological surgical and otolaryngological conditions are given by specialists in these fields Recent developments such as electroencephalography chemotherapy and Rh factors are discussed

413-PRACTICAL CLINICAL PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctis and staHbull

Four weeks November 4-30 1946 February 30March I 1947 April 1-30 1947 and June 2-28 1947 Maximum cia three Fee $100

This course is open only to those who have enrolled also for course No 410shyClinical Pediatrics

The matriculate takes part in the daily activities on the babies wards He is assigned to examine patients on admission to the hospital to perform therapeutic and diagnostic procedures as indicated and has the opportunity to follow the progress of the patient He is present at daily ward rounds and at staff conferences

In addition the oppartunity is offered to take an active part in the childrens outshypatient department in special clinics such as allergy cardiac diseases epilepsy and child guidance

17

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 10: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

415-SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS Dr DeSanctil and staff

Six days November 18-23 1946 February 10-15 1947 April 14-19 1947 and JUne~1947 Minimum clan five fee $50

Clinics are f eld to demonstrate recent developments In chemotherapy vitamin therapy hormone therapy allergy and preventive pediatrics New procedures such as electroencephalography sternal punctures intravenous urography and perirenal insufflation are discussed In addition the symposium includes a review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of common diseases in infants and children

(Other coursel for pedlatrlclanl are lilted In the Announcement of Short CoUrsel for Specialists)

PSYCHIATRY (See NEUROLOGY p 15)

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David Goldblatt Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergamini Walter D Ludlum Jr Associates B Bemard Kaye Ernelt W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Loull Porter (from Surgery)

SSG-DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TRAUMA Dr RiHer and Itaff

Six daYI November 11-16 1946 and May 19-24 1947 Minimum class five maximum thirty fee $50

An intensive course of lectures and demonstrations on the core and treatment of the injured Stress is placed upon the treatment of ambulatory fractures first aid sprains and strains burns the commoner soft-structure damages and infections of both soft tissue and bone Case demonstrations and ward rounds are held at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

On leave of absence for military service

18

COLUMBIA UNIV E RSITY

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL Second Avenue aDd 211t Street New York 3 N Y

Application for Matriculation

Date

Name (p~i~ ~i~ij ~ ~

Office Address (s~~) (middots~~~iici~

Age Citizenship

From To Degree (Medical School)

Licensed to practice medicine in (Year) (State)

Previous Post-graduate Medical Study

From To (Subject) (School)

From To (Subject) (Scbool)

Practice (indicate whether general or confined to a specialty)

fue you a discharged medical officer of US Army or Navy

( herebr apply for matricUlation in the New York Post-Graduate Medical School and desue to be enrolled in the following courses

~o Subject

No Subject

[ wish to begin the course on the following date

Sipature of Applicut

19Accepted Director I

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 11: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

NEW Y 0 Rmiddot K POST - GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

ANNOUNCEMENT OF

SHORT COURSES FOR SPECIALISTS 1946-1947

SECOND AVENUE AT 21st STREET shyNEW YORK 3 N Y

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 12: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

Nicholas Murray Butler LLD DLitt HonD President Emeritus of Columbia University

Frank D Fackenthal LLD LiltD Acting President of the University

Willard C Rappleye AM MD ScD Director of the School Vernon W Lippard BS MD Associate Director Thomas H Russell MD Assistant Director Helen L Watts AM Registrar Elizabeth s Margulis AB BS Librarian Jacqueline W Felter AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION

The courses described in this bulletin are designed for the advanced training of the specialist They are not designed to train any physician to become a specialist The proshygram of study for physicians in this category is necessarily flexible While some of the courses have specific dates and fees others may be taken in part or in whole and at times to be arranged to suit the convenience of both instructors and matriculates with the fee determined by the length of the course

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general courses at the New York Post-Graduate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medical schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice in their respective states Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men For courses described in this bulletin registration is limited to those specialists who have adequate preliminary training and experience in the field of specializashytion Application for admission should be made as far in advance as possible since most classes are limited in size Application forms will be furnished upon request

TUITION FEES Tuition fees are listed with the description of each course All fees are payable on or before the opening date of the course Checks should be made payable to New York Post-Graduate Medical School

A depasit will usually be required in advance of the opening date of the course to make a definite reservation in the class This deposit will not be returned in case the applicant fails to attend however he may attend at a later time and the original deposit will be credited No refund will be made to a matriculate who fails to complete the course in which he has enrolled but he may complete the course at a later date

Discharged medical officers of the U S Army and Navy who plan to have their tuition fees paid by the Veterans Administration must apply in advance to the Veterans Administration for a Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement under the Gf Bill of Rights If this certificate is submitted to the school at the time of enrollment no tuition fee will be charged to the veteran Otherwise he will be expected to pay his fee subject to refund by the School when the certificate is presented

SCHOLARSHIPS The School has a scholarship fund from which grants are made upon special application to defray part of the tuition fees of physicians in practice in

1shy

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 13: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

the United States who would otherwise be unable to meet the expense of post-graduate study According to the wish of the donor of this fund special consideration is given to applications from physicians practicing in Allegheny County Pennsylvania

HISTORY AND FACILITIES The New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hosshypital was incorporated in 1882 and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101308 patients visits were made in 1945 proshyvides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West became a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traumatic surshygery and medicine There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital was assumed by the PostshyGraduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The comshybined skin clinics have approximately 100000 out-patient visits per annum with about 10000 additional visits to the tumor clinic

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the school for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals of this country and many foreign journals are provided as well as text and reference books

There were 1220 physicians enrolled in the school during the academic year 1945shy1946

ANNOUNCEMENTS OF OTHER COURSES Counes in Clinical Medicine for Genshyeral Practitionen are described in a separat~ bulletin The School also issues a separate announcement of courses in the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology (the only department offering a course of training for specialization) which includes short courses for the specialist in dermatology These bulletins will be sent upon request

Detailed programs of any of the full-time courses will be sent upan request

Address all appllcationl and inquiriel to

THE DIRECTOR

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL

303 EAST 20th STREET NEW YORK 3 N Y

2

ANESTHESIA

(See under SURGERY page 9)

BACTERIOLOGY

Professor of Bacteriology Ward J MacNeal (Executive Officer) Instructor GladYI L Morton

111-BACTERIOLOGICAL SERVICE IN SEPSIS AND IN ENDOCARDITIS Dr Ward J MacNeal and ItaH

One month dally 9 am to 5 pm oHered in October 1946 Maximum ciaII two Fee $150

Practical study of septic microbes in culture media in embryonated eggs and in animals Estimation of potency of internal anti-infectious agents such as bacterioshyphages penicillin streptomycin arsenicals and bismuth and of mild external antiseptics Bacteriological controls in dealing with bacteremias endocarditis and rheumatic fever

DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY (A separate bulletin of these courses will be sent upon request)

GYNECOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Gynecology Walter T Dannreuther (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Gynecology Mortimer N Hyams Gerard L Moench Assistant Clinical Professors of Gynecology Salvatore diPalma Adolph Jacoby

lsador W Kahn Theodore Neultaedter Instructors Robert G M Dunavant Locke L Mackenzie Erwin Fletcher Smith

241-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO OPERATIVE GYNECOLOGY (CADAshyV~R) Dr diPalma and aSllltantl

10-1130 am Tuelday Thurlday and Saturday for four weeks (twelve leslions) Not given during July and August Minimum class two maximum three Restricted to physicians who limit their practice to surgery or to one of itl subdivisions Fee $200 The surgical anatomy of the following operations is considered in detail and illusshy

trated by lantern slides and blackboard drawings as well as by dissection 1 Anterior vaginal wall

a) Relaxed bladder sphincter b) Vesicovaginal fistula c) Repair of cystocele

2 Post-vaginal wall a) Simple perineorrhaphy b) Perineorrhaphy with torn anal sphincter c) Post-colpotomy

3 Diagnostic curettage with insertion of intra-uterine pessary 4 Repair of lacerated cervix 5 Hemorrhoidectomy 6 Operations for retro-displaced uterus (choice of technique) 7 Operations on broad ligaments tubes and ovaries 8 Choice of a complete or supra-cervical hysterectomy 9 Operations for gynecological ureteral injuries

10 Repair of gynecological intestinal injuries 11 Bladder and sigmoid

See No 124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY delcribed on page 7

3

13

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 14: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY

Professor of Clinical Neurology and Psychiatry William D Sherwood (Executive Officer)

Clinical Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry Philip R Lehrman Associate Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Geoffrey C H Burns

Max Helfand Sidney Klein John Y Notkin Assistant Clinical Professors of Neurology and Psychiatry Sarah R Kelman William

Leavitt Ruth Loveland Instructors Charles o Fiertz David J Flicker Knut H Houck Emanuel A

Manglnelli Helen Thompson

Bernard Pacella Associate in Psychiatry College of Physicians amiddotnd Surgeons Frederick Stern Inskuctor in Neurology Montefiore Hospital

715-CLINICAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY Drs Pacella and Stern

10-12 am Monday and Friday for four weeks March 3-281947 Minimum clasl four maximum eight Fee $60

The course includes both didactic and clinical material in order to give the neuropsymiddot chiatrist a working knowledge of the clinical applications of electroencephalography in its present uses Case records are used to show the methods of interpreting electroshyencephalograms Given at the Post-Graduate Hospital and the N Y State Psychiatric Institute at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center

See No 1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS delcribed on page 8

See allo No 1417-0PHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY delcribed on page 5

OPHTHALMOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Rudolf Aebli (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Ophthalmology Harold W Brown Assistant Clinical Professors of Ophthalmology Girolamo Bonaccolto James W

Smith

1413-MOTOR ANOMALIES OF THE EYE Drl Aebli Brown and Smith

Six daYI October 21-26 1946 and March 10-15 1947 Minimum clall ten maximum twenty-five Fee $75

The course is made as practical as possible and the relation of the muscle balance to refraction always considered in the prescribing of glasses AnQtomy of the ocular muscles nerve supply action of individual muscles anomalies of associated moveshyments anomalies of convergence of divergence and of sursumvergence Case demonshystrations follow the lectures

1417-OPHTHALMIC NEUROLOGY Drs Helfand and Klein (Department of Neurology and Psychiatry)

2-5 pm November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-five Fee $45

Detailed study with lectures charts and models of the anatomy and physiology of the neural structure in opththalmology including the vestibular system the posterior longitudinal fasciculus as well as the cross sections of the brain stem which are involved in the various neuro-ophthalmoplegic syndromes Consideration of neurological synshydromes with ophthalmic signs showing lesions of the spinal cord brain stem and midshybrain Discussion of personality disorders associated with diseases of the eye with case histories

1419-sURGERY OF THE EYE Drs Aebli Brown and Smith Dr J H Dunnington and staff of the College of Physicians and Surgeons and guelt lecturers

Six days November 4-9 1946 and March 24-29 1947 Minimum class six maximum eleven Fee $75 [The November clall is filled]

Lectures on cataract surgery ocular muscle surgery ptosis surgery surgical treatment of retinal detachment corneal transplantation and plastic sugery of the eye Practical work on technique of eye operations on the cadaver Operative clinics at the PostshyGraduate Hospital Lenox Hill Hospital and the Institute of Ophthalmology at the Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center A symposium on glaucoma at the Institute of Ophthalmology and a lecture on eye injuries followed by case demonstrations at the U S Marine Hospital on Staten Island

1421-DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS WITH THE SLIT LAMP Dr Bonaccolto

9-12 am November 11-15 1946 and March 3-7 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $45 [The November clasl is filled]

Differential diagnosis of diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball and of the different media of the eye

The course includes a thorough demonstration of the principles of illumination by means of the slit lamp The most important elementary lesions of the conjunctiva cornea iris lens and vitreous are analyzed and illustrated by means of slides and presentation of cases The differential diagnosis of pathological lesions of these structures is stressed so that proper classification can be made of the diseases of the anterior segment of the eyeball

1425-ANOMALIEs OF THE OCULAR MUSCLES Drs Aebll Brawn and Itaff and guest lecturers

Fiv days October 28-November 11946 and March 17-21 1947 Open only to those who have taken Course No 1413 Minimum clall eight maximum twenty-four Fe $60

A continuation of Course No 1413 with drills in making tests and examination of patients for diagnosis The question of treatment both operative and non-operative and the use and limitations of each are considered

5

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 15: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery George Anopol (Executive Officer) Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery William Hadden Irish Associate Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Armitage Whitman Assistant Clinical Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Robert L Preston Instructors George D Appold Harry Weiner H Leslie Wenger

500-SEMINAR IN ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY Dn Anopol Irish Whitman Preston and staH

Ten days January 27-February 7 1947 Minimum class five maximum twenty Fee $90

An intensive r~view of orthopedic conditions from the surgeons viewpoint Premiddot operative operative and post-operative clinics surgical anatomy bone joint and tendon surgery non-union mal-union radiology physiotherapy prevention of deformshyities pathology laboratory aids to diagnosis biochemical aspects of bone metabolism and of wound healing pediatric care in orthopedics plaster technique and braces The conditions which are stressed include scoliosis poliomyelitis osteomyelitis (bacterioshyphage treatment) bon~ tumors congenital deformities Potts disease arthritis and foot conditions

OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Professor of Clinical Otolaryngology Arthur Nilsen (Exetutive Officer) Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Morris Levine Associate Clinical Professors of Otolaryngology James O Macdonald David L Poe

Paul S Seager Assistant Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology Max Rabbiner

620-SYMPOSIUM ON OTOLARYNGOLOGY Dr Nilsen and staH

Two weeks Odober 21-November 1 1946 and May 12 1947 Minimum class eight maximum ten Fee $90

This course is designed for the otolaryngologist who has been separated from civilian practice or who for other reasons wishes to be brought up to date in his specialty bull

One half the time is given to the demonstration of regional anatomy on the cadaver and the demonstration and performance of operations on the ear sinuses and larynx The balance of the course is devoted to didactic and clinical lectures and demonstrashytions on the more important phases of otolaryngology with members of the staff in surgery neurosurgery ophthalmology allergy pediatrics radiology and dermatology contributing in discussions of those aspects of their respective specialties that are of importance to the otolaryngologist in diagnosis and treatment

6

PATHOLOGY

Professor of Pathology Maurice N Richter (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professor of Pathology Maxwell J Fein Assistant Professors of Pathology RaHaele Lattes Aaron Edwin Margulis Louise H

Meeker

124-GYNECOLOGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

11 am-I pm Wednesday for sixteen weeks September 25 1946 through January 22 1947 and 3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for eight weeks January 7-February 27 1947 Minimum class three maximum eight Fee $75

A systematic review of the pathology of the more common gynecological conditions presented by lectures demonstrations and microscopic study The correlation of clinical and pathological features is emphasized

130-PATHOLOGY OF THE BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS Dr Richter

2-5 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday for four weeks November 4-29 1946 and March 3-28 1947 Minimum class three maximum six Fee $75

This course is designed for pathologists and other physicians who want an advanced presentation of the pathology of the blood and bloodmiddotforming organs Each disease group is considered from the hematological and pathological standpoints including clinico-pathological relationship The indications for and results of marrow spleen lymph node and liver biopsies are reviewed Current points of view with respect to the mechanism of each disease are discussed

ISS-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Dr Fein

3-5 pm Tuesday and Thursday for fifteen weeks September 17-December 26 1946 and March 4June 12 1947 Maximum class eight Fee $150

This course is designed for surgeons and for pathologists It consists of the study of important pathological conditions with particular reference to those of interest in general surgery Instruction is by lectures demonstrations and the study of gross and microscopic preparations Material from the operating rooms of the hospital is availshyable for demonstration of gross specimens and prepared slides illustrate microscopic changes The pathological changes are correlated with clinical findings whenever passible

Also No 1210-SEMINAR ON DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY described in the Announcement of the Department of Dermatology and Syphishylology

PEDIATRICS

Professor of Clinical Pediatrics Adolph G DeSandis (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Leslie O Ashton Moses H Edelman Assistant Clinical Professors of Pediatrics Robert Chobot John Dorsey Craig Daniel

J Dolan Peritz M Kurzweil D William Scotti Oliver L Stringfield

423-ALLERGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Chobot and staH

Five days September 30-0dober 4 1946 Minimum class five Fee $45

Clinical lectures and demonstrations covering hay fever asthma and the allergic dermatoses in children emphasizing the newest methods of handling these conditions

7

I S

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 16: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

424-CARDIOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Dr Maliner and ItaH COURSE IN ANESTHESIA

Five daYI December 2-6 1946 Minimum clall five Fee $45 942-ANESTHESIA Dr Peterson

Discussion of recent advances in pediatric cardiology including rheumatic fever Full-time course of two weeks beginning on any Monday when there is arheumatic heart disease congenital heart disease the psychic problems in heart disease vacancy Not given during July and August Maximum class one Fee $100of children and electrocardiography in children Bedside rounds A third week of instruction will be given for an additional fee of $50 Theoretical and practical instruction in all methods of modern inhalation anesthesia

1120-NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Given by the Deshy and discussion of the popular regional anesthesia techniques and of spinal anesthesia partment of Neurology and Plychiatry and the Department of Pedia- Pre-anesthetic examination and post-operative follow-up in the words Demo nstrations trici Drs Sherwood Lehrman DeSandil and ItaHI and experience in the operating rooms utilizing the various techniques and agents

Two weeks Odober 7-19 1946 and April 21-May 3 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum ten Fee $75

This course offert to pediatricians an intensive study of nervous and mental diseases in infants and children Subjects included are the diagnosis and analysis of mental ability the examination of development in relation to neurology and psychiatry and COURSES IN SURGERY the etiology symptomatology and therapy of common behavior problems Neuroses

SURGERY PM 100-SYMPOSIUM ON GENERAL SURGERY Drl Bruger Carterprepsychotic and psychotic states are discussed as well as the organic diseases brain Cove Colp Donovan Duryee Garlock Hinton Lough Poindextertumors epilepsy neurosurgery ophthalmic neurology and neurological aspects of PraH Roulellot Ruslell Scudder Unger W C White and associatesbirth injuries Emphasis throughout the course is upon diagnostic problems ncountered

in pediatric practice Patients are demonstrated in the clinics at the Post-Graduate Hospital at Babies Hospital and at the N Y State Psychiatric Institute and Hospital Five days May 12-161947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty Fee $75

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS Profellors middot This course is offered jointly by the following hospitals affil iated with Columbia MacKee Rosen and Wile and ItaH (Department of Dermatology and University New York Post-Graduate Mount Sinai Presbyterian Babies and Roosevelt It

offers a review of many recent developments in general surgery reflecting the experishySyphilology) ence of representative metropolitan clinics It includes demonstra tions lectures operashy

Five days September 16-~0 1946 Minimum clasl ten maximum twenty tive and non-operative clinics A detailed program will be sent upon request Fee $50

Class sessions are held from 11-12 a m and 2-3 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1-2 pm and 3-5 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to couse diagnosis 901-REVIEW OF GENERAL SURGERY FOR SURGEONS Drs Carter Hinton and pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color ItaHcharts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of potients materials instruments and therapeutic methods Four weeks November 4-29 1946 and April 7-May 2 1947 Minimum class

twelve maximum twenty Fee $125 SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Thomal H Russell (Executive Officer) - The aim of this course is to give an opportunity for the surgeon who has been disshyClinical Professors of Surgery R Franklin Carter Chal Gordon Heyd J William charged from the armed forces to renew his middotassociation with civilian practice Other

surgeons may be admitted in limited numbers Hinton Associate Professor of Anesthesia Milton C eterson The course provides advanced instruction in general surgery with special attention Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery Gustave Aufricht Louil R Davldlon Robert to surgery in civilian practice by means of demonstrations and lectures on the various

H Kennedy Herbert Willy Meyer Ralph R Moolten Leiter J Unger operating procedures and a review of applied surgical anatomy on the cadaver The Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Harold E Clark Meyer H Freund Robert clesss is divided into small groups for close-up inspection in the operating rooms Special

measures employed in the pre-operative preparation and post-operative core ofB Lobban Gerald H Pratt Instructors Edward V Denneen S Arthur Localio potients are emphasized in clinical demonstrations and lectures by specialists from the Instructor in Anesthesia Louil Portermiddot medical surgical and laboratory staffs Differential diagnosis is discussed and demonshy

strated in special clinics-such as thyroid stomach colon and rectum liver and bile ducts thorax heart and vascular systems breast and tumors of the head and neck

John B Kaiser Assistant Surgeon to the Hospital Special indications for the use of the sulfa drugs penicillin and other remedies of a specific nature are described Round-table conferences after word rounds are held

bull On leave of absence for military service frequently throughout the course

8 9

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 17: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

909-SURGERY OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT Drl RU51ell and Lobban and Itaff

Twelve le55ion5 10-12 am and 2-5 pm Wednesday January 8-March 26 1947 Maximum cia eight Fee $200 [Thil ciaIS il filled for 1947]

Round table conferences and discussions of surgi=al procedures and post-operative complications operative clinics and one or two sessions on surgical anatomy as applied to gastrointestinal operations (on the cadaver) Ward rounds at the beginning of each session provide descriptions of the post-operative treatment and follow-up of cases operated upan at previous sessions

950-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO THORACIC SURGERY (CADAVER) Dr Davidlon

Twelve leionl (either Part I or Part II) hours to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class four maximum lix Fee $200

Anatomy physiology and surgical principles as applied to surgery of the chest Armamentarium

Part I-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis (a) considshyeration of collapse therapy (b) artificial pneumothorax (c) Jacobeus operation (d) phrenic nerve operations (e) pneumonolysis (f) extrapleural thoracoplasty

Part II-Applied anatomy in surgical treatment of non-tuberculous diseases (a) emshypyema acute and chronic (b) bronchiectasis (c) lung abscess (d) diseases of the chest wall-excision of cervical rib (e) diaphragmatic conditions-hernia eventration subshyphrenic abscess (f) mediastinal growth (g) esophageal lesions

951-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO GENERAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drl Lobban and Kaiser

Twelve sessions of two hours each 3-5 pm Monday and Thursday Course starts at the beginning of any month (except July and August) when a clasl of two is formed Fee $200

Surgical anatomy as applied to the following operations stomach-gastrostomy gastrojejunostomy gastrectomy small intestine-resection ileostomy large intestineshycecostomy appendectomy resection of right colon and terminal ileum resection of splenic flexure resection of sigmoid abdominoperineal resection approach to panshycreas splenectomy biliary system-cholecystostomy cholecystectomy choledochotomy cholecystogastrostomy hernia-inguinal femoral incisional umbilical thyroid-subshytotal thyroidectomy approach for subphrenic abscess

955-SURGICAL ANATOMY AS APPLIED TO COLON AND RECTAL SURGERY (CADAVER) Drs Clark and Freund

Six sessionl 9-11 am Thursday datel to be arranged Not given in July and August Minimum class two maximum lix Fee $100

Surgical anatomy of the abdominal wall and as applied to the following operations lumbar sympathectomy abdominal-perineal resection of the rectum resection of the cecum for granuloma or radical resection for carcinoma cecostomy colostomy ileosshytomy hemorrhoidectomy fistulectomy excision of fissures in ana and ischia and parashyrectal abscesses neurectomy for dermatitis ani prolapse of the rectum perineal exshycision of the rectum Variety and uses of drainage and of ligature and suture material

10

956-DISSECTION AND SURGICAL ANATOMY Dr Davidson

Twelve or more sessionl of two hours each by arrangement Not given In July and Augult Minimum class four maximum ten Fee for twelve sionl $150

Complete dissection of anyone of the following constitutes a course (1) arm including muscles of back (2) leg (3) abdomen (4) thorax

See No 155-SURGICAL PATHOLOGY described on p 7

See also No 1140-PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASES described under Intershydepartmental Courses in the Announcement of COUrsel iri Clinical Medicine

TRAUMATIC SURGERY

Professor of Clinical Surgery Henry H RiHer (Executive Officer) Associate Clinical Professors of Surgery EmmeH A Dooley David GoldblaH Assistant Clinical Professors of Surgery Herbert M Bergaminimiddot Walter D Ludshy

lumJr Associates B Bernard Kaye Ernest W Lampe Instructor in Anesthesia Louis Portermiddot (from Surgery)

556-BASIC COURSE IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

Six weeks January 13-February 21 1947 Minimum class ten maximum twenty-five Fee $200

This course offers to the surgeon an intensive study of all types of trauma Including the basic principles of the repair of damaged tissue and the treatment of trauma Pathology physiology bacteriology and biochemistry are discussed In their relation to trauma There is an intensive review of the anatomy of the extremities and dissection thereof Lectures and demonstrations will also deal with neural and vascular injuries of the extremities plaster technique burns X ray localization of foreign bodies apshyplied surgical anatomy the macroscopic pathology of trauma amputations complicashytions of trauma splints and apparatus hospital ward rounds observation of patients under treatment and physical therapy

558-SURGERY OF THE HAND Drs RiHer Dooley GoldblaH and staff

One wk October 14-19 1946 Minimum class eight maximum twenty Fee $60

The course Includes anatomical demonstrations of the hand and lower forearm followed by a complete dissection of the hand and forearm by the matriculates A series of lectures and demonstrations are given dealing with cutaneous infections peripheral vascular diseases nerve lesions burns wounds tendon injuries Infections localization and removal of foreign bodies fractures and dislocations and the repair of peripheral nerves and blood vessels A considerable part of the course is devoted to applied surshygical anatomy of the hand including the repair of tendons incisions for infections open reductions of fractures and dislocations web fingers tumors and Dupuytrens contractu res

On leave of absence for military service

11

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 18: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

560-SEMINAR IN TRAUMATIC SURGERY Dr Rier and staH

Two weeks September 16-28 1946 and March 3-15 1947 Minimum clasl five maximum twenty Fee $90

A review of current methods of diagnosis and treatment of fractures wounds and other injuries with detailed discussion of the care of damaged soft structures including visceral trauma Lectures operative and non-operative clinics and ward rounds Disshycussion of surgical anatomy and demonstrations of operations on the cadaver Ward rounds at the New York PostmiddotGraduate Hospital and at the Reconstruction Hospital Unit

UROLOGY

Professor of Clinical Urology Clarence G Bandler (Executive Officer) Assistant Clinical Professors of Urology Herbert R Kenyon Arthur H Milbert Maxishy

milian M Nemser C Travers Stepita Instructor Philip R Roen

1010-ADVANCED COURSE IN UROLOGY FOR SPECIALISTS Dr Bandler and ItaH

Two months October l-November 30 1946 and February 3-March 29 1947 Minimum class four maximum eight Fee $225

This advanced course is planned for urologists who have been discharged from the armed forces Other urologists may be admitted if there are vacancies in the class

All surgical operative procedures are reviewed on the cadaver and in operative clinics with ward rounds for instruction in pre-operative and post-operative care Adshyvanced instruction in cystoscopic and urethroscopic diagnosis and treatment and in urography is given in the out-patient department Correlated subjects such as anesthesia cardiovascular problems biochemistry hematology and blood transfusion diseases of metabolism bacteriology pathology and endocrinology as well as pediatric urology and neurogenic urology are presented by specialists in the respective fields

12

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

New York Post-Graduate Medical School

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF

DERMATOLOGY AND

SYPHILOLOGY FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

Address all inquiries and applications to

THE DIRECTOR OF THE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20TH STREET

NEW YORK 3 N Y

I I

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 19: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHaaL

NICHOLAS MURIlAY BUTIEJl LLD DLI1T HON D President Emeritw 0 Columbia University

FIlANK D FACKENTHAL LLD LIlTD Acting President of the University WULAIUI C RAPPLEYE AM MD ScD Director 0 the School VEIlNON W LIPPAIUI Bs MD Associate Director T HOMAS H RUSSELL MD Assistant Director HELEN L WAlTS AM Registrar ELIZABETH S MARGULIS BS Librarian JACQUELINE W FELTER AB Assistant Librarian

GENERAL INFORMATION mSTORY AND FACIUTIES The New York PostmiddotGraduate Medical School and

Hospital was incorporated in 188a and chartered by the State in 1886 as a school for the further instruction of persons already possessing the degree of doctor in medicine and a hospital for the treatment of diseased and injured persons The institution moved in 1894 to the present location on the corner of Second Avenue and Twentieth Street The hospital now has 411 beds on all services and 8723 patients were admitted in 1945 The out-patient department to which 101 308 patients visits were made in 1945 provides a wealth of clinical material for study The work of the clinical and research laboratories is closely related to the teaching program

In 1930 the Reconstruction Hospital at 100th Street and Central Park West beshycame a unit of the Post-Graduate Its 50 beds are used especially for teaching traushymatic surgery There is also an active out-patient department

In 1931 the New York Post-Graduate Medical School became by formal agreement a teaching unit of Columbia University and since 1933 the Dean of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the University has been Director of this school

The administration of the Stuyvesant Square Hospital (formerly the N Y Skin and Cancer Hospital) was assumed by the Post-Graduate in 1934 Its buildings on Second Avenue between Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets are operated as the N Y Skin and Cancer Unit of the Post-Graduate The outmiddotpatient department of this unit occupies a fivemiddotstory building in which the various subdivisions of dermatology and syphilology are practiced and taught in integrated units-clinical and laboratory diagnosis of syphilis and the dermatoses topical parenteral and ingestion therapy followmiddot through therapy physical therapy minor dermatological surgery mycology allergy histopathology social service investigation and management of syphilis and cutaneous malignancy and photography More than 100000 patient visits each year insure ample clinical material There are laboratories for investigation and research two hospital wards private and semi-private rooms four lecture rooms several thoushysand lantern slides and thousands of histopathological slides The staff consists of over 175 physicians nurses technicians and clerks There are three residencies

A medical library of 16500 volumes is maintained by the School for the use of matriculates and teaching staff The leading medical journals are provided as well as text and reference books

2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS In general tourses at the New York PostmiddotGradu middot ate Medical School are open to physicians in good standing who are graduates of medi middot cal schools approved by Columbia University and are licensed to practice medicine Women physicians are admitted to all courses on the same basis as men

TRAINING FOR SPEClAUZATlON IN DERMATOLOGY AND svpmWLOGY

Training is provided for the ph ysician who after graduation from an approved medical school and an approved internship desires to prepare himself adequately for the practice of dermatology and syphilology as a specialty He may become a tandidate for the degree of MedScD from Columbia University in which case a thesis and an examination are required The program also conforms to the requireshyments of the Advisory Board for Medical Specialties the Council on Medical Edumiddot ca tion and Hospitals of the American Medical Association and the American Board of DermatOlogy and SyphilOlogy which have established the standards upon which certifica tion in this specially is based

T his training occupies full time for three yea rs extept for an annual vacation of one month The tu ition fee is $800 payable the fi rst yea r (Residents are selected (rom among the second and third middotyear matricula tes) There is no charge for tuition for the second or the third year In addition to attending the lectu re courses and spending one-quarter of his time for from three to twel ve months in each of the various sections of tlte department the matriculate may spend part of his time in the basic laboratories of the Post-Graduate Medical School or of the College of Physicians and Surgeons He may be given at least one research problem involving study of basic sciences In the third year he is given responsibility in the various departmental sections and in the clinical laboratories Throughout the three years he attends the evening staff conferences and the monthly evening meetings of the Section on Dershymatology of the New York Academy of Medicine

The regular opening date for this course is the first of October Teaching i conmiddot tinuou~ throughout every day of the year except Saturday afternoons Sundays and holidays

The classes for this course beginning October I 1916 and October I 1947 were filled on the date of publication of this announcement Applications for the daamp~ beginning October I 1918 will be considered after July I 1917

This course of training is described on pages 5 through 10 of this announcement

SEMINARS

Several seminars are also offered by the department one designed for general pracmiddot titioners and others for qualified specialists in dermatology and syphilology and in pediatriCS These are dClCribed on pages 11 and 12

3

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 20: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

TEACHING STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT

Professor of Clinical Dermatology and Syphilology GEORGE MILLER MACKE (Execumiddot tive Officer)

Clinical Professors of Dermatology and SyphilOlogy ISADORE ROSEN FRED WISE

Associate Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology E W ABRAMOWITZ MAX SCHEER MAIlION B SULZBERGEIl EUGENE F TIlAUB

Assistant Clinical Professors of Dermatology and Syphilology ANTHONY C CIIgtOLLARO MAX JESSNER WILBERT SACHS HERMAN SHARLlT CHARLES F SIMS NATHAN SOBEL

JESSE A TOLMACH

Associates CHARLES LERNER ROYAL M MONTGOMERY JOSEPH L MOIlSE FIlANCES P ASCHER H ERBERT ROSENFELD

Instructors RUDOLF L BAER DAVID B BALLIN HANS H BIBERSTEIN DAVID BLOOM SAMUEL B FRANK ANDIlEW G FRANKS CHARLES A GIlEENHOUSF CHAIlLES S MILLER CHARLES ROBERT REIN DOMENICO ROMANO JACOB WACHTEL JACK WOLF

Assistants JOSEPH C AMERSBACH JOHN GARB ARTHUR B HYMAN HAIlRY KEIL SoLOMON A KLEIN PAUL R KUNE EIlNEST W NATHAN GDALI RUBINjACOB SKEER

Research Assistants PETER VINCENT BISCONTI FIlANZ HFRRMANN NOIlMAN B KANOF

HILUARD M SHAIIl

ELSE ANN BARTHEL Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

DAVID BLOOM Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

RICHARD EMMET Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

ALFRED j EPHRAIM Junior Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

BOTHO F FELDEN Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary

HOWARD Fox Consulting Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Hospital

AIlTHUR W GLICK Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

ERNST L KADISCH Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot pensary

JUAN LAIlRALDE Associate Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary MODIS LEIDER Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary FREDERICK H McKEE Assistant Clinical Professor of Radiology ELEANOR MORELAND Technician in Photography ARTHUR MUTSCHELLER Instructor in Radiology EIlNEST W NATHAN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary NATHAN PENSKY Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary SIDNEY J ROBBINS Assistant Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary GDAL RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dispensary LIONEL Co RUBIN Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary LUDWIG ScHWAIlZSCHILD Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the

Dispensary GEIlALD A SPENCER Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary MAX WOLF Assistant Attending Dermatologist and SyphiloloJist to the Dispensary SADIE H ZAIDENS Assistant Attending Dermatologist and Syphilologist to the Dismiddot

pensary

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COURSE OF TRAINING FOR SPECIALIZATION

LECTURES ON BASIC SCIENCES particularly in their relation to dermatolO9Y and ~bilology October 4 1948 through April 25 1947

(a) HematolO9Y Ten lectures TuelKlay 9-10 am October 8 through December 17 1948 DR PASCHER

(b) Bacteriology Eight lectures Monday 9middot10 am October 4 through November 25 1946 DR FRANK

(c) Embryology Four lectures Monday 1middot2 pm October 7 through October 28 1946 DR BLOOM

(d) Chemistry and biochemistry Twenty lectures Monday 1middot2 pm November 4 1946 through March 24 1947 DR SHARLIT

(e) Physiology Four lectures Friday 9middot10 am December 6 through December 27 1946 DR FRANK

(I) Pharmacology Eight lectures Friday 4middot5 pm October 4 through November 22 1946 PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ and DR HERRMANN

(g) Serology FiJteen lectures Friday 9middot10 am January 10 through April 25 1947 DR REIN

(h) Heredity Twelve lectures Wedneday 1middot2 pm NOYember 20 1948 through February 19 1947 DR BLOOM

CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SyPHILOLOGY

Section A-PROFESSORS TRAUB SULZBERGER JESSNER and TOLMACH and DRS FRANK SKEER AND BARTHEL

10middot12 am Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section B-PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN ABRAMOWITZ and SOBEL and DRS BLOOM GREENHOUSE and FELDEN

2middot4 pmu Monday WednelKlay and Friday

Section C-PROFESSORS SCHEER SULZBERGER and JESSNER and DRS J WOLF KLEIN NATIiAN and M WOLF

10middot12 am Tueaday Thursday and Saturday

Section D-PROFESSORS MacKEE WISE and CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER BALLIN and WACHTEL

2-4 pmu Tueday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday aeaBioDS from June I to October I)

5

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 21: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

Demonstration and examination of patients relative to the etiology diagnosis prognosis and treatment of the usual range of skin diseases and of syphilis Clinical manifestations constitutional symptoms characteristics of the eruption laboratory methods of diagnosis problems of general medical therapy physical therapy and topical applica tions are discussed in connection wi th each case

Matriculates in their second and third years are assigned in groups of three to 3n instructor for a period of three months for the intensive study of selected cases and for the presentation of a case report at a staff conference

DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR ROSEN DR FRANKS and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department 01 Health)

1middot2 pm Friday from Octobr 4 1946 through March 28 1947 and 4middot5 pm Tubullbullday from January 7 through March 25 1947

Lectures dealing with the historical and economic aspects of the disease with syphil is as an infections constitutional alIection with the epidemiology morbidity and mortality questions portals of infection and clinical and laboratory methods of diagnosis and a presentation of the many clinical aspects of the disease mcluding those involving the central nervous system and the i scera and congenital syphilis also criteria of cure and discliss ion of syphilis and marriage Forms of Umiddoteatment including the various drugs and fever therapy are discussed in detail Intramuscular and intravenous injections cisternal puncture and lumbar puncture are demon middot strated Lantern slides clinical material microscopic specimens charts and selectcd case studies are used to illustrate the lectures

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF SYPHDJS DRS ROMANO FRANKS and GARB

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednbullbullday and Friday Sectian 1-2-4 pm Tuday and Thursday

Observation and participation in the diagnosis treatment and followup of patients suffering from various forms of the disease Practical experience in diagnostic lumbar and cisternal punctures and dark6eld examinations

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SYPHDJS PROFESSOR SOBEL and DR THEODORE ROSENTHAL (Director 01 Bureau 01 Social Hygiene New York City Department of Health)

Sction A-9-l1 am Monday Wdnesday and Friday Sction B-9-11 am Tubullbullday Thursday and Saturday (but no Saturday bullbullbull Biona from Jun I to Octobr I)

A practical course given at the Central Social H ygiene Clinic of the New York City Department of Health Illo Leonard Street New York where over one hundred syphilitic patients are studied and treated each morning

6

PHYSICAL THERAPY AS APPUED TO DISEASES OF THE SKIN PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DR L C RUBIN and DR MUTSCHELLER (Department of Radiology)

4-5 pm bullbull Friday Dcmbr 61946 through May 231947

Twenty fonr lectnres and demonstrations dealing with the historical aspects and the practical application of X rays rddium radon grenz rays ultraviolet rays diathermy electrolysis highfrelJuency current for treatment of hypertrichosis galvanmiddot ism ca utery solid carbon dioxide balneotherapy massage and other physical agents and methods used in the treatment of diseases of the skin including cutaneous mao Iignant neoplasms Emphasis is placed upon the limitations of and indications for the use of physical therapy in each group of disorders Apparatus is demonstrated in deta il Several of the preliminary lectures are devoted to the physics of physical therapy

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL THERAPY PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO and DRS LERNER KLINE L C RUBIN and PROFESSOR McKEE (Departshyment of Radiology)

Sction A-2-4 pm Monday Wednaday and Friday Sction ~2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thuraday Sction C-IO-I2 am Tuaday Thuraday and Saturday

A practical and observational course in lhe use of the varipus physical agencies (ur lhe treatment of diseases of the skin

DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PROFESSOR SUUBERGER and DRS BAER and KEIL

1-2 pm Tuaday Octobr I 1946 through March 251947

Twentyfour lectures dealing with the theoretical aspects of hypersensitivity and immunity in anaphylaxis serum sickness drug reactions atopic conditions contact and occupational eczematous manifestations and bacterial and mycotic affections rarticular attention is paid to the classification of these disorders the importance of proper historytaking the various kinds of skin test and directions for their utiliza tion Lantern slides and dinical material are used for illustration

PRACnCAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL ALLERGY AND IMMUNOL OGY DRS BAER MORSE KEIL G RUBIN SCHW ARZSCHILD and LEIDER assisted by members of the technical staff

Sction A-IO-12 am Monday WdnBday and Friday Section ~2-4 pm Monday Wdnbullbullday and Friday Sction C-IOmiddot12 am TuBday Thurllday and Saturday Sction D-2-4 pm Tubullbullday and Thursday

This is a practical course in the application of the methods of diagnOSis and treat ment of allergic conditions

7

~I

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 22: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

PRACTICAL COUBSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL IDSTOPATHOLOGY (Part 1) PRO-PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY

FESSOR SIMS and DR HYMAN PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MONTGOMERY ROSENFELD and

Section A-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday KADISCHSection B--2-4 pm Tueday Thursday and Saturday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and Section A-IO-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The tint eight weeks deal with Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday

cutaneous histology and elementary histopathology and the taking of biopsies and Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbursday and Saturday

the remaining six months are devoted to the histopathology of the dermatoses Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday

Matriculates may purchase a representative set of microscopic slides at nominal cost

(This course is included in the first year of the training for specialization) The matriculate works in the mycological unit with instructors and technicians

observing and participating in the preparation examination and study of microshy

PRACTICAL COURSE IN DERMATOLOGICAL HISTOPATHOLOGY (Part D) DRS scopic specimens and cultures skin tests use of filtered ultraviolet radiation or

SACHS and MILLER Woods light desensitization and similar procedures

2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

One hour each week is devoted to a lecture illustrated by microscopic slides and

the remainder of the time is spent at the microscope The course includes detailed PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN MINOR DERMATOLOGICAL SURGERY DRS

study of the pathological histology of all the dermatoses advanced histology correlashyFRANK AMERSBACH HYMAN LARRALDE PENSICY and ROBBINS

tion of microscoJgtic and clinical findings the various staining and fixing methods and

their diagnostic Importance and the daily interpretation of routine diagnostic specishySection A-IO-12 am Monday Wedneday and Friday

mens (This course is included in the second and third years of the training for speshySection B--2-4 pm Monday Wednesday and Friday

cialization) Section C-IO-12 am Tuesday Tbulllday and Saturday

Section D-2-4 pmbull Tuesday and TbullldayDERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS PROFESSOR SCHEER

1-2 pm Thursday October 3 1946 through April 24 1947 The instruction provides experience in the surgical section with the various proshy

Twenty-eight lectures including description of topical dermatological remedies and cedures such as scalpel excisions biopsies cautery surgical diathermy and the use

vehicles and their appearance and properties effects and by-effects pharmacology inshyof cutting current electrocoagulation and electrodesiccation Problems related to

dications and contraIndications comJgtatibilities and incompatibihties Special emshygeneral surgical principles including sterilization indications and contraindications

phasis is placed upon prescriptions Instructions and warnIngs to be given to the comparative value of surgical and other procedures and combined treatment are

patient and the application and removal of the remedies Similar general considerashy

tion is given to chemical biological and immunological non-topical remedies used in discussed in relation to the various dermatoses including benign and malignant new

dermatology Samples of most of the remedies are presented growths and the precanceroses Practical procedures in the therapeutic management of the individual skin diseases

are discussed in detail Modern procedures such as therapy by means of vitamins and

hormones elimination diets fat-poor diets and salt-poor diets are discussed at length THE EXANTHEMAS AND CERTAIN CONTAGIOUS DISEASES PROFESSOR

The various methods and substances employed for cosmetic purposes are demonshy

strated discusied and prescriptions given The usefulness uselessness safety and SOBEL

danger of such remedies and methods are given full consideration A few lectures

are given by a pharmaceutical chemist and several lectures on the cosmetic aspects 4-5 pm Thursday February 6 through April 24 1947

of dermatology by Professor MacKee Twelve lectures illustrated with lantern slides and clinical material discussing the

etiology epidemiology clinical manifestations diagnosis prophylaxis prognosis PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN DERMATOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS DRS PASshy

CHER LERNER KLEIN SKEER and EPHRAIM morbidity and mortality of the following diseases scarlet fever measles rubella

roseola infantum chicken-pox smallpox human cow-pox vaccinia Vincents anginli Section A-ID-12 am Monday Wednesday and Friday

Section B--2-4 pm Monday Wedneday and Friday anthrax and leprosy also the dermatolOgical aspects of diphtheria typhoid fever

Section C-IO-12 am Tueday Thursday and Saturday typhus cerebrospinal meningitis mumps tularemia and tetanus There is a complete

Section 1gt--2-4 pm Tueday and Thursday review of the quarantine regulations of the New York City Health Department and

Demonstration of techniques and active participation in the examination treatshyof the isolation of cases and contacts both in the home and in hospitals and other

ment and follow-up of patients insti tutionbull

MYCOLOGY AND ANIMAL PARASITOLOGY DR MONTGOMERY 4-5 pm Tueday and Thursday October I through NOYember 12 1946 HISTORY OF DERMATOLOGY DR KER

Twelve lectures in which the dermatological diseases caused by pathogenic fungi

and animal parasites are described and demonstrated by means of lantern slides 9-10 am Tueday February 18 through March 18 1947

and clinical material The methods used for prevention and treatment and for detectshyFive lectures dealing with the evolution of the specialty and the principal historical

ing the offending organisms are demonstrated and explained_ The newer therapeutic

concepts are stressed_ events connected with skin affections Illustrated by lantern slides_

8 9

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 23: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

COMPREHENSIVE DLUSTRATED LECTURES ON CLINICAL DERMATOLOGY

One hundred and fifty lectures covering the d iagnosis character istics etiology h isshy

togenesis pa thogenesis prophylaxis and trea tment of skin diseases The subjects a re divided and presented in convenient categories including d iscussion of nomencla ture

the primary and secondary lesions of the skin and the topography description anel

distribution of lesions as a ids in di ffe rentiation There are series of lectures on the

following subjects

L Nomenclature precanceroses d iseases of the mouth eczematous derm atoses PROFESSOR MacKEE

2 Elementary lesions rare d iseases PROFESSOR JESSNER ~ Drug eruptions diseases of the hair and nails PROFESSOR ABRAMOWITZ 4 Pyodermas xanthomas topograph y DR BIBERSTEIN 5 Tuberculides_ PROFESSOR CIPOLLARO 6 Pharmacy and prescription DR GARB Dietetic therapy DR GLICK 8 Bullous eruptions DR GREENHO USE 9- Dermatoses and peripheral ci rcula tion DR P ASCH ER

10 Skin d iseases in the Negro DR SPENCER II Nevi malignant diseases PROFESSOR TRAUB 12 Erythema group DR J WOLF_ l j Psychosomatic aspects of dermatology DR ZAIDENS

Other members of the teach ing staff give lelmiddottures on the following subjects the lichens and lichenoid dermatoses the scaly dermatoses benign new growths and hyperplasias the lymphoblastoma groll p and a troph ic dermatoses

Five lectures on tropical diseases are given by DR HOWARD FO X (Emeri lus Professor of Dermatology New York Universi ty) and the matriculates a re il1 iled to accompany PROFESSOR FRANK C COMBES on his ward rounds at Bellevue Hospital one morning a week

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN CLINICAL AND MICROSCOPIC DERMATOshyLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHY MRS MORELAND

9 am - 5 pm daily throughout the yeaT except Saturday afternoon

INDUSTRIAL DERMATOLOGY PROFESSOR TOLMACH and DRS MORSE and KEIL

9-10 am Friday October 4 1946 through January 31 1947

Eighteeen lectures dealing comprehensively with the incidence causes management and prevention of industrial skin diseases as well as the conditions cond ucive to dershy

matoses in the home ci ties country and voca tions and the medico-legal and social aspects of industrial skin diseases and workmens compensation In addition to the lectures three half-days will be spent in industrial plants that manufacture heavy

chemicals and in which cutting oil and solvents synthet ic resins and similar substances

are used

10

SEMINARS

- COURSE FOR GENERAL PRACTITIONERS

1219--SEMINAR IN PRACTICAL DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY PROshy

FESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE SULZBERGER CIPOLLARO and staff

Five days September 9-13 1946 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $45

Illustrated lectures and clinical demonstrations Lecture subjects include the followshying allergy and mycology in relation to skin diseases physical therapy in dermatology (exclusive of X rays and radium) industrial skin diseases eczema group of skin diseases psoriasis and lichen planus keloids warts and birthmarks the erythema group of skin d iseases the pyodermas the alopecias drug eruptions tuberculosis of the skin and the tuberculides the exanthemas and certain contagious diseases the precancerous dermatoses cutaneous malignancies syphilis-its epidemiology social aspects etiology modes of infection morbidity and mortality criteria of cure syphilis and marriage syphilis in pregnant women prenatal syphilis diagnosis differential diagnosis and symptomatology of primary secondary and tertiary syphilis congenital ayphilis neurosyphilis cardiovascular syphilis visceral syphilis

A detailed program will be furnished upon request

COURSES FOR QUALIFIED SPECIALISTS

1210-SEMINAR IN DERMATOLOGICAL lDSTOPATHOLOGY DRS SACHS and MILLER

Five days May 19-23 1947 MiDimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $60

A aeries of lectures illustrated by selected microscopic slides reviewing normal histology of the skin and the essential histopathology of most of the diseases of the skin The lectures are supplemented by study at the microscope and by discussion

1230-SYMPOSItJM ON DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY (FOR SPECIALmiddot ISTS) PROFESSORS MacKEE ROSEN WISE ABRAMOWITZ SULZshyBERGER SCHEER TRAUB and CIPOLLARO and staff

Five daya May 12-17 1947 Minimum clau twelve maximum twenty Fee $90

A survey and evaluation of recent advances in dermatology and syphilology includshying such subjects as ultraviolet radiation the new drugs drug eruptions new methods of treatment of common skin diseases new causes for industrial dermatoses the present conception of eczema of dangerous nevi of the diagnosis and management of syphilis of the lymphoblastomas and the psychosomatic aspect of dermatology A presentation of the results of recent research especially in allergy in the physics of physical therapy in cutaneous malignancy and in biochemistry A series of illustrated lectures on rare conditions Demonstrations of patients and of new techniques and methods

11

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12

Page 24: NEW; Y aRK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL · NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL . ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS . Nicholas Murray Butler, LL.D., D.Litt., Hon.D., President Emeritus of

1232-DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHDOLOGY FOR PEDIATRICIANS PROFESshySORS MacKEE ROSEN and WISE and staff

Fi daya September 16 through 20 1946 Minimum c1au ten maximum twenty Fee $50

Clinic sessions are held from 11-12 am and 2-11 pm at which infants children and young adolescents with a variety of skin diseases are demonstrated with discussion of etiology diagnosis and treatment Lectures from 10-11 am 1 -2 p_m_ and 11-4 pm cover all skin diseases peculiar to infants and children in relation to cause diagnosis pathology and treatment Lectures are illustrated with lantern slides in natural color charts blackboard prescriptions and demonstrations of patients materials instrushyments and therapeutic methods

Qualified specialists in dermatolO9Y and syphilolO9Y may also arrange to enroD for pecial instruction in the indfTiducd subleeta included in the Course of Trainshying (or Specialiaation proTidedther i a acancy in the clcua Information regarding dat and fee wiD be furniahed upon request

ALL APPLICATIONS AND INQUIRIES SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO

TIlE DIRECIOR OF TIlE SCHOOL 303 EAST 20th STREET

New York 3 N Y

I

l

12